资源简介

UNIT 4 HUMOUR
大观念之单元话题:本单元主题围绕“社会服务与人际沟通”展开,在“人与社会”的主题下,通过欣赏幽默故事,理解幽默背后的信息和文化内涵,加深对幽默文化的理解,学会感受和欣赏不同文化语境下不同类型的幽默。本单元旨在帮助学生提升个人的生活质量,促进社会交往和合作,培养幽默感和积极的生活态度。
①comedy / k m di / n.喜剧,喜剧片;滑稽的事物
②entertain / ent te n / v.使快乐,使有兴趣
③throw new light on 使……呈现新的视角;阐明
④combine /k m ba n/ v.使结合,使联合
⑤mischievous / m st v s/ adj.调皮的,淘气的
⑥witty / w ti/ adj.说话风趣的;妙趣横生的
⑦unique brand of独树一帜的……风格
⑧conclude /k n klu d/ v.作出……结论,推断出
类文悦读·情境导学
你知道吗 幽默可是人类延续了数千年的生活智慧。古希腊的文本里藏着诙谐的喜剧桥段,中世纪的手稿中也写满了逗趣的玩笑。它从不止于让人捧腹,更能以轻松的姿态,为敏感的议题拨开迷雾。
The Importance of Humour
Humour has been an essential part of human behaviour for thousands of years.There is comedy① in the texts of Ancient Greece,and medieval writings are filled with jokes.While these same jokes might not be as funny to us now as they were then,their authors understood that humour could not only entertain② but also throw new light on③ sensitive or emotive issues.
Closer to modern times,someone who is remembered for his ability to combine④ humour with more serious messages is American writer Mark Twain.Twain’s particular style of writing is funny and often mischievous⑤.For example,in his classic novel The Adventures of Tom Sawyer,he famously says,“Writing is easy.All you have to do is cross out the wrong words.” But he is equally well known for his witty⑥ remarks in his everyday interactions with people.For instance,while on a lecture tour of the United States,Twain went into a barber’s shop to get a haircut and a shave.The barber,not recognising him,asked if he had a ticket to the lecture.When Twain replied that he didn’t,the barber told him that if he wanted to go to the event he would have to stand,as there were no seats left in the theatre.Twain’s response was,“That’s just my luck.I always have to stand when that fellow lectures!”
Like Twain,but on the other side of the world,the Chinese writer Wang Zengqi was soon to become famous for his own unique brand of⑦ humour.In his essay “On Humour”,Wang used fewer than 600 characters to introduce several humorous examples of famous people,concluding⑧ that,“The world is full of amusing things.The thought of them would always make you laugh out loud,even when you’re just sitting by yourself.”
(节选自外研版选择性必修第一册 Unit 1)
Section Ⅰ　Topic Talk & Lesson 2
话题:Humour and why do we need humour(幽默和我们为什么需要幽默)
Listening(听力挖掘)
Ⅰ.Listen to the materials and do the following exercises.
听教材6页的材料(4.1),回答第1至3题。
1.What makes Ma Hua laugh
A.Funny stories and cross talks.
B.Comedies with false plots.
C.Stage plays in which someone pretends to be someone else.
2.Why do people laugh when they view cross talks or comedies in Ma Hua’s opinion
A.Because of the humorous plots and funny acts.
B.Because of the different ways of imitation.
C.Because of the special facial expressions.
3.What are they going to do next
A.To relax themselves.
B.To watch a comedy.
C.To imitate others.
听教材7页的材料(4.2),回答第4至6题。
4.How many boxing matches did David have
A.One.　　　B.Two.　　　C.Three.
5.What does Mr Zhao do
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
A.The referee. B.The boxer.
C.The opponent.
6.When did David feel dizzy and unbalanced
A.In the first round.
B.In the second round.
C.In the third round.
听教材12页的材料(4.3),回答第7至8题。
7.Why do we need humour
A.Because we all like watching a comedy.
B.Because it makes us laugh all the time.
C.Because we all like humour,even babies.
8.From what aspects will the speaker further discuss the question
A.Both physical and psychological effects of humour.
B.What is humour.
C.How to be humorous.
听教材12页的材料(4.4),回答第9题。
9.How is our body better able to fight infection when we laugh
A.The level of stress chemicals in our body falls.
B.The number of immune cells in our body decreases.
C.The passage doesn’t tell us.
听教材12页的材料(4.5),回答第10题。
10.What will people usually do if they are in a bad mood
A.Try to be positive and funny.
B.Express negative attitudes and feelings.
C.Make other people enjoy their company.
听教材13页的材料(4.7),回答第11至12题。
11.Why did Mike feel embarrassed at the party
A.He kept on getting the host’s name wrong.
B.He kept on getting the hostess’s name wrong.
C.He mistook the host’s name for the hostess’s.
12.How did Mike handle the awkward situation
A.By making a joke about himself.
B.By making a joke about others.
C.By making a joke about his shirt.
答案　1.A　2.A　3.B　4.A　5.A　6.B　7.B　8.A　9.A　10.B　11.A　12.A
Ⅱ.Listen to the materials again and fill in the blanks.
Material 1
1.There are so many things.I love funny stories and cross talks,and I also like comedies.My favourite kind of comedy is when someone pretends to be someone else.
2.Well,I think it is because of the humorous plots and funny acts.When people imitate someone else,we laugh at the accents they are able to imitate,the way they imitate facial expressions and the manner of the people.
3.All this talk of laughter has made me want to watch something funny.Let’s go and find a comedy to watch.
Material 2
1.You know I’ve been learning to box.I had my first boxing match the other day and Mr Zhao was the referee—and you know what a strict teacher he is.
2.In the second round,I took such a hard hit from my opponent that I felt dizzy and unbalanced.I wasn’t sure where I was.In defence,I attacked back with a wild swing.It was so wild that instead of the hit landing on my opponent,it landed on Mr Zhao’s nose.As a result,he collapsed!
Material 3
1.Good morning and thank you for joining me today.The title of my speech today is “Why do we need humour ”.I believe that all of us enjoy watching a comedy film or hearing a good joke,because it makes us laugh all the time.
2.What can humor do for us According to recent research,humour has both physical and psychological effects.
Material 4
Let’s talk about the physical effects.Firstly,laughter helps relieve tension.It relaxes the muscles in our body,and the effects can be felt for as long as 45 minutes after a good laugh.Also,a good laugh increases blood flow to the heart and improves the function of blood vessels,which helps protect us from heart disease.Finally,when we laugh,the level of stress chemicals in our body falls,and the number of immune cells in our body increases.
Material 5
1.There is a song that says,“Smile,though your heart is breaking.” Does it mean there is a relation between smiling and mood The answer is YES.Humour also has psychological effects on our mind.
2.Besides,when we incorporate humour as part of our life attitude,it can have far-reaching effects.What does “far-reaching effects” mean It means that it will have a great influence on how we live.We all know that if we are in a bad mood,we are likely to express negative attitudes and feelings;and this makes those around us down,too.
Material 6
1.Very awkward.Then,right at the end of the party,I went to him and said—in front of everybody—“Thanks for the wonderful party,Richard.” Everybody else got really quiet.After a while,somebody whispered in my ear:“His name is Cliff,not Richard.” I felt so embarrassed.
2.I made a joke about myself and that helped solve all the embarrassments.
3.Well,you know I’d recently read an article that introduced some ways to solve an awkward situation.One example of this is that you can use humour to get people to laugh at you.For instance,if you accidentally pour coffee all over yourself,you can laugh at yourself or make a joke about it. (共25张PPT)
主题语境:人与社会——社会服务与人际沟通
UNIT 4 HUMOUR
大观念之单元话题:本单元主题围绕“社会服务与人际沟通”展开,在“人与社会”的主题下,通过欣赏幽默故事,理解幽默背后的信息和文化内涵,加深对幽默文化的理解,学会感受和欣赏不同文化语境下不同类型的幽默。本单元旨在帮助学生提升个人的生活质量,促进社会交往和合作,培养幽默感和积极的生活态度。
①comedy / k m di / n.喜剧,喜剧片;滑稽的事物
②entertain / ent te n / v.使快乐,使有兴趣
③throw new light on使……呈现新的视角;阐明
④combine /k m ba n/ v.使结合,使联合
⑤mischievous / m st v s/ adj.调皮的,淘气的
⑥witty / w ti/ adj.说话风趣的;妙趣横生的
⑦unique brand of 独树一帜的……风格
⑧conclude /k n klu d/ v.作出……结论,推断出
类文悦读·情境导学
你知道吗 幽默可是人类延续了数千年的生活智慧。古希腊的文本里藏着诙谐的喜剧桥段,中世纪的手稿中也写满了逗趣的玩笑。它从不止于让人捧腹,更能以轻松的姿态,为敏感的议题拨开迷雾。
The Importance of Humour
Humour has been an essential part of human behaviour for thousands of years.There is comedy① in the texts of Ancient Greece, and medieval writings are filled with jokes.While these same jokes might not be as funny to us now as they were then,their authors understood that humour could not only entertain② but also throw new light on③ sensitive or emotive issues.
Closer to modern times,someone who is remembered for his ability to combine④ humour with more serious messages is American writer Mark Twain.Twain's particular style of writing is funny and often mischievous⑤.For example,in his classic novel The Adventures of Tom Sawyer,he famously says,“Writing is easy.All you have to do is cross out the wrong words.” But he is equally well known for his
witty⑥ remarks in his everyday interactions with people.For instance, while on a lecture tour of the United States,Twain went into a barber’s shop to get a haircut and a shave.The barber,not recognising him,
asked if he had a ticket to the lecture.When Twain replied that he didn’t,the barber told him that if he wanted to go to the event he would have to stand,as there were no seats left in the theatre.Twain’s response was,“That’s just my luck.I always have to stand when that fellow lectures!”
Like Twain,but on the other side of the world,the Chinese writer Wang Zengqi was soon to become famous for his own unique brand
of⑦ humour.In his essay “On Humour”,Wang used fewer than 600 characters to introduce several humorous examples of famous people,concluding⑧ that,“The world is full of amusing things.The thought of them would always make you laugh out loud,even when you’re just sitting by yourself.”
(节选自外研版选择性必修第一册 Unit 1)
Section Ⅰ　Topic Talk & Lesson 2
话题:Humour and why do we need humour(幽默和我们为什么需要
幽默)
Listening(听力挖掘)
Ⅰ.Listen to the materials and do the following exercises.
听教材6页的材料(4.1),回答第1至3题。
1.What makes Ma Hua laugh
√
A.Funny stories and cross talks.
B.Comedies with false plots.
C.Stage plays in which someone pretends to be someone else.
2.Why do people laugh when they view cross talks or comedies in Ma
Hua’s opinion
√
A.Because of the humorous plots and funny acts.
B.Because of the different ways of imitation.
C.Because of the special facial expressions.
3.What are they going to do next
√
A.To relax themselves.
B.To watch a comedy.
C.To imitate others.
听教材7页的材料(4.2),回答第4至6题。
4.How many boxing matches did David have
√
A.One.　　　B.Two.　　　C.Three.
5.What does Mr Zhao do
　A.The referee. B.The boxer.
　C.The opponent.
6.When did David feel dizzy and unbalanced
　A.In the first round.
　B.In the second round.
　C.In the third round.
√
√
听教材12页的材料(4.3),回答第7至8题。
7.Why do we need humour
　A.Because we all like watching a comedy.
　B.Because it makes us laugh all the time.
　C.Because we all like humour,even babies.
8.From what aspects will the speaker further discuss the question
　A.Both physical and psychological effects of humour.
　B.What is humour.
　C.How to be humorous.
√
√
听教材12页的材料(4.4),回答第9题。
9.How is our body better able to fight infection when we laugh
　A.The level of stress chemicals in our body falls.
　B.The number of immune cells in our body decreases.
　C.The passage doesn't tell us.
√
听教材12页的材料(4.5),回答第10题。
10.What will people usually do if they are in a bad mood
　A.Try to be positive and funny.
　B.Express negative attitudes and feelings.
　C.Make other people enjoy their company.
√
听教材13页的材料(4.7),回答第11至12题。
11.Why did Mike feel embarrassed at the party
　A.He kept on getting the host’s name wrong.
　B.He kept on getting the hostess’s name wrong.
　C.He mistook the host’s name for the hostess’s.
12.How did Mike handle the awkward situation
　A.By making a joke about himself.
　B.By making a joke about others.
　C.By making a joke about his shirt.
√
√
Ⅱ.Listen to the materials again and fill in the blanks.
Material 1
1.There are so many things.I love funny stories and 　　　　　　,and I also like comedies.My 　　　　　kind of comedy is when someone pretends to be 　　　　　 　.
2.Well,I think it is because of the humorous 　　　　　　and funny acts.When people imitate someone else,we laugh at the accents they are able to imitate,the way they imitate 　　 　　　　and the manner of the people.
3.All this talk of laughter has made me want to watch something
　　　　　　.Let’s go and find a 　　　　　　to watch.
cross talks
favourite
someone else
plots
facial expressions
funny
comedy
Material 2
1.You know I’ve been learning to 　　　 .I had my 　　　　　boxing match the other day and Mr Zhao was the 　 　　　　 —and you know what a strict teacher he is.
2.In the 　　　　　　round,I took such a hard hit from my opponent that I felt dizzy and 　　　　　　.I wasn’t sure where I was.In defence,I 　　　　　　back with a wild swing.It was so wild that instead of the hit landing on my 　　　　　　,it landed on Mr Zhao’s nose.As a result,he 　　　　　　!
box
first
referee
second
unbalanced
attacked
opponent
collapsed
Material 3
1.Good morning and thank you for 　　　　 　 me today.The
　　　　　　of my speech today is “Why do we need humour ”.I believe that all of us enjoy watching a 　　　 　　　or hearing a good joke,because it makes us 　　 　　all the time.
2.What can humor do for us According to recent 　　　　　　, humour has both 　　　　　　and psychological effects.
joining
title
comedy film
laugh
research
physical
Material 4
Let’s talk about the physical 　　　　　　.Firstly,laughter helps relieve tension.It relaxes the 　　　　　　in our body,and the effects can be felt for as long as 　　　　　　minutes after a good laugh. Also,a good laugh 　　　　　　blood flow to the heart and improves the function of blood vessels,which helps protect us from heart disease. Finally,when we laugh,the level of stress chemicals in our body
　　　　　　,and the number of immune cells in our body increases.
effects
muscles
45
increases
falls
Material 5
1.There is a song that says,“Smile,though your heart is 　　　　　　.” Does it mean there is a relation between smiling and 　　　　　　
The answer is YES.Humour also has 　　　　 　effects on our mind.
breaking
mood
psychological
2.Besides,when we incorporate humour as part of our 　　　　　　,it can have far-reaching effects.What does “far-reaching effects” mean It means that it will have a great influence on 　　　　　　.We all know that if we are in a bad mood,we are likely to express negative attitudes and feelings;and this makes those around us　 　　　　　,
too.
life attitude
how we live
down
Material 6
1.Very awkward.Then,right at the end of the 　　　　　　,I went to him and said—in front of everybody—“Thanks for the wonderful party,Richard.” Everybody else got really 　　　　　　.After a while,somebody 　 　　　in my ear:“His name is Cliff,not Richard.” I felt so 　　　　　　.
2.I made a joke about 　　　　　　and that helped 　　　　　　all the embarrassments.
party
quiet
whispered
embarrassed
myself
solve
3.Well,you know I’d recently read an article that introduced some ways to 　　　　　　an awkward situation.One example of this is that you can use 　　　　　　to get people to laugh at you.
　 　　　　　,if you accidentally pour coffee all over yourself,you can laugh at yourself or make a 　　　　　　about it.
solve
humour
For instance
joke
Thanks！
本
讲
内
容
结
束Part 2　Language Points (Topic Talk & Lesson 1 & Lesson 2)
核心单词练透
1.pretend vi.& vt.假装,装作
教材原句　...when someone pretends to be someone else.
……当一个人伪装成另一个人时。
感知　语言先输入
①Wearing a broad smile,she pretended to be calm and optimistic,but as a matter of fact she was so nervous from head to toe.
②Despite a feeling of desperation,he pretended to his family that everything was going well. (情绪描写)
记牢　知识再梳理
pretend to do...　　　　 假装做……
pretend to be doing... 假装正在做……
pretend to have done... 假装已经做过……
pretend to be+n./adj. 假装是……;假装……
pretend (to sb) (that)... (对某人)假装……
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①The children pretend to be(be) different animals dancing to the music.(活动介绍)
②When I am faced with difficulties in learning,I won’t pretend to have known it,but turn to my classmates or teachers.
当我在学习中遇到难题时,我会向同学们或老师求助,而不是不懂装懂。
③Frank turned away,pretending not to notice me,and hurried away.(动作描写)
弗兰克转过身去,假装没看见我,匆匆走开了。
④When the teacher came in,he pretended to be/that he was doing his homework.
老师进来时,他假装正在做作业。
2.anxiety n.焦虑,不安,担心;渴望
教材原句　...relieves stress and anxiety...……缓解压力和焦虑……
感知　语言先输入
①The girl,who has been working hard to enhance herself,is anxious for success. (人物介绍)
②She sat quietly by the desk and waited for the important exam results with anxiety. (心理描写)
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)with anxiety=anxiously 焦虑地
(2)anxious adj. 焦虑的;担忧的;渴望的;急切的
be anxious for sb/about sth 为某人/某事担心/担忧
be anxious to do sth 急于做某事
be anxious for sth 渴望某物
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①Playing basketball with my friends takes my mind away from anxiety(anxious) that comes from schoolwork.
②The parents were anxious for their daughter,who was traveling alone for the first time.
③I am anxious to know the outcome of the interview.
我急于知道面试的结果。
④My hands were shaking a little as I knocked on my brother’s door anxiously/with anxiety. (2025·全国一卷)
我怀着焦虑的心情敲响哥哥的房门,双手微微发颤。
3.confused adj.困惑的
教材原句　He was confused and didn’t know if he should carry on hitting me,or stop and help Mr Zhao—so he just stood there.
他不知所措,不知道是继续打我还是帮助赵先生,所以他只是呆呆地站着。
感知　语言先输入
①As students spend most of their time on study,most of them are confused about finding jobs.
②What made me embarrassed was that I confused “scream” with “cream”,which set off a burst of laughter.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)be/get confused about 对……感到困惑
(2)confuse vt. 使困惑;使糊涂;混淆;弄错
confuse...with... 把……与……混淆
(3)confusing adj. 令人困惑的;难懂的
(4)confusion n. 混乱;杂乱;混淆;弄错
in confusion 处于混乱状态
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子/句式升级
①The confused look on her face suggested she was confused about the confusing instructions. (confuse)
②Learning that you are about to pay a visit to a Chinese friend and confused about the Chinese customs,I am writing to put forward some suggestions.(建议信)
得知你即将拜访一位中国朋友,对中国的风俗习惯感到困惑,我写信来提出一些建议。
③He was confused about the present situation so he was at a loss what to do next.
→Confused about the present situation,he was at a loss what to do next. (形容词短语作状语)
4.announce vt.宣布,宣告
教材原句　“Well,everything is working OK,” she announced afterwards.
“嗯,一切正常,”她检查后说道。
感知　语言先输入
①We are pleased to announce that all of you have passed the exam.
②It was announced that an agreement had been reached at the end of the meeting.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)announce sth to sb　　 向某人宣布某事
announce (to sb) that... (向某人)宣布……;宣称……
It is announced that... 据称……
(2)announcement n. 公告;宣告;发表;通告
make an announcement 发布宣告或通知
(3)announcer n. 广播员;播音员
[名师指津]　announce的后面不能跟双宾语,即不能用于announce sb sth中,而应用announce sth to sb。
运用　完成句子/完成语段
①Our readers are really looking forward to it,as we plan to announce the release of this article in the next issue. (2025·全国二卷)
我们的读者对此满怀期待,因为我们计划在下一期中公布这篇文章的刊发信息。
②It’s my great honor to announce that I am running for chairman of the Students’ Union. (发言稿)
我很荣幸地宣布我将竞选学生会主席。
③Attention,please! I make an announcement to you.It is announced that the World Adolescent Robotics Competition will be held from July 7 to 15 in Tianjin.(通知)
请注意!我向你们宣布一件事。据称,世界青少年机器人大赛将于7月7日至15日在天津举行。
5.deserve vt.应得,应受到
教材原句　I really don’t think I deserve a zero.我真的觉得我不应该得零分。
感知　语言先输入
①Though the man played a clown in this play,he deserved to get the audience’s respect.
②He is a responsible doctor,and he deserves respect/respecting/to be respected.
记牢　知识再梳理
deserve to do sth　　　 应该做……;值得做……
deserve to be done=deserve doing 值得被做
deserve consideration/attention 值得考虑/注意
[名师指津]　当物作主语时,deserve后接doing,主动形式表示被动意义,相当于接动词不定式的被动形式。need、want、require作“需要”讲时也有类似用法。
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①As far as I am concerned,students’ feedback concerning the Spoken English class deserves consideration/to be considered/considering(consider). (2023·上海1月卷)
②We deserve to win the competition with our joint efforts rather than with the help of luck.
我们应该通过我们的共同努力而不是运气来赢得比赛。
③ These happy memories deserve to be shared/sharing,making the newspaper warmer. (2025·全国一卷)
这些美好的回忆值得被分享,这也让这份报纸变得更温馨。
片段巩固 用pretend;anxiety;confused;announce;deserve完成宣布考试成绩的续写片段
写作提示:即将宣布成绩→带着焦虑,我假装镇定→身旁困惑的同学不停追问→我们都觉得理应得到更好的成绩→开始点名,大家的心怦怦直跳 　　The teacher was about to announce the exam results.With anxiety,I pretended to be calm while my confused classmate kept asking questions.We all thought we deserved better grades,and our hearts raced as the teacher started reading the names one by one.
6.significant adj.重要的,重大的
教材原句　Research shows that laughing has significant benefits...
研究表明笑有很大的好处……
感知　语言先输入
①It is widely accepted that calligraphy is significant for Chinese culture.
②Our teacher told us that this would be a speech which was of great significance about comedy.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)be significant for　　　 对……是重要的
It is significant that... 很明显……
(2)significance n. 意思;重要性,意义
be of (great/no/little) significance to... 对……(很/不)重要
attach (great) significance to (doing) sth 认为(做)某事(很)重要
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①The charity to be set up will be very significant (significance) to people in need.
②Your insights into Canadian sports will be very significant for/of great significance to our readers. (2025·全国二卷)
您对加拿大体育运动的深刻见解对我们的读者而言意义重大。
③Through participating in this picking activity,I attach great significance to labour. (主旨升华)
通过参加这次采摘活动,我认为劳动很重要。
④It is significant that the greatest gift of life is friendship.(主旨升华)
很明显,生命中最珍贵的礼物是友谊。
7.measurement n.测量,计量,衡量
教材原句　According to the scientific measurement of time,I deduce that the time is probably a quarter past three.
根据科学计时测算,我推断现在大概是三点一刻。
感知　语言先输入
①Afterwards,the tailor measured me and made a suit to my measure.
②The number of them is less than 1,000,so I hope you can take some effective measures/steps/action to protect them.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)measure vt.　　　 测量;比较;评估;权衡
vi. 量;有……长(宽、高等)
n. 措施;量度;尺寸;程度;办法
measure...by... 用……来衡量……
be measured by/in 用……来衡量/计算
(2)take measures/steps/action to do sth 采取措施做某事
make sth to sb’s measure 照某人的尺寸做某物
[名师指津]　
(1)measure表示“措施”之意时,常用其复数形式measures。
(2)measure表示“量;有……长(宽、高等)”时,是不及物动词,后跟量的结果,不用被动语态及进行时态;作后置定语时要用其动词-ing形式。
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①We really need a proper ruler to take the exact measurement(measure) of this wooden desk.
②We finally bought a house,measuring(measure) about twelve feet by fifteen feet.
③It’s generally acknowledged that education shouldn’t be measured only by examination results.
人们普遍认为教育不应该只通过考试成绩来衡量。
④It is high time that we should take/took immediate measures to prevent the ocean from being polluted.(短文投稿)
我们是时候立刻采取措施来防止海洋污染了。
8.infection n.感染;传染
教材原句　Both mean that our body is better able to fight infection.
两者都意味着我们的身体能够更好地抵抗感染。
感知　语言先输入
①She infected the whole class with her laughter.
②A person who is infected with the virus looks pitiful.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)infect vt.　　　　 传染;使感染(疾病、某种情感等)
infect...with... 把……传染给……;用……感染……
be infected with... 染上……;感染了……
(2)infectious adj. 感染的,传染性的;患有传染病的;有感染力的
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①People are coming to realize that wearing masks can provide protection from infection(infect).
②Her joy was so infectious (infect) that he forgot his sadness.
③Many people were infected with the flu during the cold winter.
寒冷的冬天里,许多人都感染了流感。
④She infected the children with her enthusiasm for music.
她对音乐的热爱感染了孩子们。
9.whisper vi.& vt.悄声说,低语,耳语n.低语,私语,耳语
教材原句　After a while,somebody whispered in my ear:“His name is Cliff,not Richard.”
过了一会儿,有人在我耳边悄悄说:“他叫克里夫,不是理查德。”
感知　语言先输入
①He turned aside and whispered something to the man standing next to him.
②It was whispered that anyone who did best in the academic performance would get the scholarship.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)whisper sth to sb　　　 悄悄给某人说某事
It is whispered that... 据传闻……
(2)in a whisper 低声地,悄声地
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①She asked if I could lend her a pen in a whisper so that no one else could hear.
②The thrilled twins whispered to their father,“We are eager to cook a delicious breakfast for our beloved mother.”
这对激动的双胞胎轻声对他们的父亲说:“我们渴望为我们心爱的母亲做一顿美味的早餐。”
③It was whispered that Mr.Smith would get a promotion.
据传闻史密斯先生要高升了。
短语句式通关　
1.over and over again一再地;反复不断地
教材原句　I said sorry over and over again.
我一遍又一遍地说对不起。
感知　语言先输入
①My teacher has told me over and over again not to get addicted to computer games.
②He explained again and again in order to make what he did understood.
记牢　知识再梳理
一再地;反复不断地

运用　单句语法填空/同义句转换
①The little boy drew the cartoon character over and over again so that he could get it perfect.
②Although he felt tired,he repeated the sentence again and again to memorize it.
③The children said loudly,“Happy Mother’s Day!” Mother hugged them tightly and kissed them over and over again.
→The children said loudly,“Happy Mother’s Day!” Mother hugged them tightly and kissed them time and (time) again/again and again/over and over.
2.throw in把……扔进……;添上;附带奉送,免费外加
教材原句　The collector continued,“Hey,for the 200 dollars I wonder if you could throw in that old saucer.The cat’s used to it and it’ll save me from having to get a dish.”
收藏家接着说:“嘿,200 美元的话我想你能不能把那个旧碟子也送给我。毕竟这只猫已经习惯了用它,这样也省得我再去买猫食盆了。”
感知　语言先输入
①Please don’t throw away the empty plastic bottles;we can recycle them.
②He managed to throw off those newspaper reporters.
记牢　知识再梳理
throw away　　　　 扔掉,丢弃;浪费
throw off 甩掉;摆脱;匆匆脱掉(衣服)
throw oneself into 投身于;积极从事
throw out 扔掉;散发;拒绝;开除
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①To protect the earth,we mustn’t throw away waste carelessly.(倡议书)
②She threw off her coat and began to do her homework.(动作描写)
③You can have the piano for $200,and I’ll throw in the stool as well.
你花200美元就可以买走这架钢琴,另外奉送这张琴凳。
④We readily and enthusiastically threw ourselves into the work.
我们欣然又热情地投身于这项工作。
3.look up仰望;查阅;拜访;改善
教材原句　Some hours later,Holmes woke up and asked his faithful friend,“Watson,look up at the sky and tell me what you see.”
几小时后,福尔摩斯醒了,问他忠实的朋友:“华生,抬头看看天空,告诉我你看到了什么。”
感知　语言先输入
①You can look up the dictionary when you meet with new words.
②We shouldn’t look down upon/on the disabled;on the contrary,we should help them.
记牢　知识再梳理
look up to　　　　　 尊敬;敬仰
look around 朝四周看;环视;环顾四周
look ahead 预测未来;展望未来
look into 调查
look down on/upon 看不起;轻视;蔑视
look forward to 盼望,期待
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①We should respect others and never look down on/upon them because of their jobs,or physical disabilities.(演讲稿)
②I will appoint my brother to look into those complaints,who can then find solutions.
③She hugged them to her chest,and at last she was able to look up with tearful eyes and a smile.(动作描写)
她把它们紧紧地抱在胸前,终于抬起头来,泪流满面地微笑着。
④I really look forward to reading the wonderful articles in this column. (2025·全国一卷)
我非常期待阅读这个栏目里的精彩文章。
4.句型公式:be doing...when...正在做……这时(突然)……
教材原句　A famous art collector was walking through the city when he noticed a dirty cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store.
一个著名的艺术品收藏家在穿过城市时看见一只脏猫在一家商店门口舔饮浅碟中的牛奶。
感知　语言先输入
①He was practicing English pronunciation when his teacher passed by and praised him.
②Mother had just woken up when she smelt an inviting smell of food.
③I was on the point of breaking down when my father came running to help with a knife.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)句中...was walking...when...为“be doing...when...”结构,意为“正在做……这时(突然)……”。when为并列连词,表示“这时;突然”,相当于and at this/that time。
(2)类似的句型结构还有:
①had just done...when...
刚刚做完……这时……
②be about to do...when...
正要做……这时……
③be on the point of doing...when...
正要做……这时……
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子/一句多译
①Last Sunday,I was walking (walk)in the street when I suddenly saw an old man fall off his bicycle.
②He was about to hand(hand) in his homework when he found a mistake in the last sentence.
③She was on the point of watching TV when there was a power failure.
④I had just finished my homework when my mom asked me to help with housework.
我刚刚做完作业,这时妈妈就叫我帮忙做家务了。
⑤我正要放弃,这时我最好的朋友鼓励我继续下去。
→I was about to give up when my best friend encouraged me to go on.
→I was on the point of giving up when my best friend encouraged me to go on.
5.句型公式:make+宾语+宾语补足语
教材原句　I hear there’s an amazing clown who’ll really make you laugh.
我听说那里有个令人惊羡的小丑,他肯定能逗笑你。
感知　语言先输入
①Walking alone in the dark forest was so frightening as to make my hair stand on end. (情绪描写)
②Modesty helps one to make progress,whereas pride makes one lag behind.We should always remember this truth.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)句中make you laugh为“make+代词+省略to的动词不定式”结构。
(2)“make+名词/代词+省略to的动词不定式”意为“让某人做某事”。
(3)“make+名词/代词+形容词(短语)”意为“使某人/某事……”。
(4)“make+名词/代词+过去分词(短语)”表示“使某人/某物被……”。
[名师指津]　“make+名词/代词+省略to的动词不定式”结构在被动语态中,省略的to要恢复。
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①Our teacher made our mistakes corrected(correct) before we handed in the paper.
②As long as the journey of poetry reading makes you feel something,it will have been worth your effort.
只要读诗之旅能让你有所感悟,你的努力就是值得的。
③Most importantly,it will make English learning more enjoyable for everyone. (2025·全国一卷)
最重要的是,它会让每个人的英语学习变得更加有趣。
④I strongly recommend “Fun at my school”.First,this topic can make our colorful school stories known to more students. (2025·全国一卷)
我强烈推荐“Fun at my school”这个栏目。首先,这个主题能让更多同学了解到我们丰富多彩的校园故事。
片段巩固 用over and over again;look up;be doing...when...;make+宾语+宾补完成介绍一件趣事的片段
写作提示:我正在做英语作业,突然碰到一个生僻词→我在词典里反复查阅它的意思,但把发音念得乱七八糟→同桌模仿我的语调,逗得全班同学哈哈大笑→最初尴尬,但也跟着笑起来→这是一个有趣的瞬间 　　1.I was doing my English homework when (be doing...when...) I came across a tricky word.2.Looking up its meaning in the dictionary over and over again (动词-ing形式作状语),I still messed up the pronunciation.My deskmate heard me and imitated my strange tone,which 3.made the whole class laugh loudly (make+宾语+宾补).I felt a little embarrassed at first,but soon joined them.It was such a funny moment that we talked about it for the rest of the break.
高考热点微练　
1.写出加黑部分的词性和汉语意思
①My grandfather once told me never would he sell the antique furniture. adj.古旧的;老式的
②She collapsed suddenly at work and was immediately sent to the nearby hospital. vi.(人)晕倒,突然倒下
③He spent a lot of money in satisfying the appetite for excitement and amusement. n.欲望
④It’s recommended that we consume more fresh vegetables and less processed food for better health.
vt.吃,喝
2.选出atmosphere的汉语意思
A.n.空气　B.n.(行星的)大气层　C.n.气氛,氛围
①We were totally immersed in the peaceful atmosphere,enjoying the delicate cuisines,talking about our interesting experiences and singing songs till the sun set. (2023·浙江1月卷) C
②The atmosphere in the mountain village is so fresh that it’s like a natural oxygen bar. A
③The atmosphere that surrounds our planet is mainly made up of nitrogen and oxygen. B
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
[基础语境练]
Ⅰ.单词情景运用(每小题1分,共10分)
1.I also watched some old comedies (喜剧),which always seemed to help me feel better.
2.Although his parents are not rich,they try their best to cover his expenses (费用) for music lessons.
3.The report forecasts (预测) that this new technology will change people’s daily lives in the next five years.
4.The monkey suddenly emerged from behind the tree,frightening Lucy into screaming(尖叫).
5.With many wild animals gradually dying out,the present situation deserves(应得,应受到) attention.
6.The atmosphere / tm sfI / in the meeting was getting more and more tense.
7.The rain suddenly poured down,so we had to take shelter in the doorway/ d weI/ of a nearby shop.
8.“Be quiet.The baby is sleeping in the room,” my aunt whispered when I talked.
9.She abandoned herself to the plot of the TV play and didn’t notice the guest come in.
10.Although he was born in China,he can speak English with a perfect American accent.
Ⅱ.词形转换填空(每小题1分,共10分)
1.In order not to make her feel embarrassed (embarrass),we all say that nothing is wrong.
2.It is reported that some consumers (consume) complain about the noise of the air conditioner.
3.Researchers think the discovery of new gas fields is of great significance (significant).
4.The moment he came back from his holiday,he gave a humorous (humor) account of his trip to America.
5.Nowadays,facial (face) recognition has been widely applied in our daily life.
6.The scientific(science) discovery has changed people’s understanding of the universe.
7.Tears help to protect the eye from potentially (potential) harmful foreign bodies.
8.What astonished people was that they accidentally(accidental) unearthed some ancient antiques.
9.The faithful(faith) fans waited outside the stadium for hours just to see their favorite singer.
10.Nobody can casually (casual) succeed,and success comes from a person’s perseverance.
Ⅲ.短语情景运用(每小题1.5分,共9分)
be used to,so far,wake up,look up,feel down,go wrong
1.So far,the students have made great progress in their listening skills.
2.Whenever I felt down,my best friend would tell me funny jokes.
3.She woke up feeling refreshed after a good night’s sleep,ready for the new day.
4.Although the project went wrong at first,we finally fixed the problem and finished it successfully.
5.She looked up from her book suddenly,for she heard someone calling her name outside the window.
6.He was used to reading a book for a while before falling asleep,which helped him relax.
Ⅳ.典型句式集训(每小题2分,共10分)
1.He was walking cautiously along the road when his feet slipped and he fell over. (be doing...when...)
他正小心翼翼沿着路走着,突然他脚下一滑摔倒在地。
2.After I pressed the button,the lady pressed a large amount of money into my bag. (after引导时间状语从句)
我按下按钮后,那位女士把一大笔钱塞进我的包里。
3.What you really need to do is figure out the reason why you fail in the exam. (主语从句)
你真正应该做的是找出你考试不及格的原因。
4.Although the task was hard,it made us learn a lot of useful skills. (make+宾语+宾语补足语)
尽管任务很艰巨,但它让我们学到了很多实用的技能。
5.A survey showed people were confused about what they should eat to stay healthy.(confused,宾语从句)
一项调查表明人们对于保持健康该吃什么感到困惑。
[素能提升练]
Ⅰ.阅读理解(每小题2.5分,共17.5分)
A
Upcoming Live Milwaukee Comedy Shows
The Milwaukee Comedy Festival is celebrating the 19th Years of Laughs in December,featuring performers from across the country in live shows and special events across Milwaukee!
Ticket:Early bird price $20;$25 at the door.
Official Kick Off
Dec.2 7:30 pm-9:00 pm
The Milwaukee Comedy Festival starts things off at Shank Hall! The first show will feature top stand-up comedy and lots of laughs,promising an evening filled with entertainment and unforgettable moments for all attendees.
Keg Stand Up
Dec.4 7:30 pm-9:30 pm
Get your Mid-Week laughs at our special Comedy Fest with Keg Stand Up! What’s special about Lakefront Brewery is its full food menu,which will be available during the show including their award-winning cheese curds!
The Hangover Show
Dec.7 1:00 pm-3:00 pm
It’s been a long week of laughs already,so start your Saturday off right—with The Hangover Show! This comedy show will feature 8 top comedians from across the country in an afternoon of stand-up & juices! The Hangover Show has become a Milwaukee favorite.
The Closer
Dec.8 7:00 pm-9:00 pm
Don’t think of this show as the end,but think of it as The Closer! There is an excellent line up of fantastic stand-up comedy to close out the week of laughs at the Milwaukee Comedy Festival,ensuring that attendees leave with a smile on their face and memories to last a lifetime.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇应用文。文章介绍了密尔沃基喜剧节的几场喜剧表演。
1.What do we know about Milwaukee Comedy Festival
A.It runs for a whole month.
B.It invites famous local performers.
C.It highlights wonderful night performances.
D.It presells tickets $5 less than the regular price.
答案　D
解析　[细节理解题。根据第二段“Ticket:Early bird price $20;$25 at the door.”可知,喜剧节的早鸟票比现场票便宜5美元,故选D项。]
2.What does Keg Stand Up feature
A.It offers the longest show.
B.It offers meals for the audience.
C.It is Milwaukeers’ favorite event.
D.It includes the award-winning comedians.
答案　B
解析　[细节理解题。根据Keg Stand Up部分中“What’s special about Lakefront...award-winning cheese curds!”可知,Keg Stand Up的特点是为观众提供饭食,故选B项。]
3.Which event is for those watching the show on Sunday
A.Official Kick Off. B.Keg Stand Up.
C.The Hangover Show. D.The Closer.
答案　D
解析　[细节理解题。根据The Closer部分中“There is an excellent...Milwaukee Comedy Festival”可知,The Closer适合周日观看表演的人,故选D项。]
B
I was 68 when I first stepped on stage as a stand-up comedian in 2003.I’d never set foot in a comedy club before.I’ve always been a performer—I’ve worked as a singer,actor and musician—but all that came to an end after I found people around didn’t want to go out and entertain themselves.
It was then that I started to think about comedy.I realized people needed to laugh,to enjoy themselves again,and thought that with a little training I could do it.I took a few classes,tried to work out a routine,and finally plucked up the courage to get up on stage.That first time was terrifying.I had no idea what the audience would make of me.
In New York,comedians are typically young men with beards.It’s hard enough to break through,even harder as someone old enough to be their grandmother.As I stepped on stage that first time,people laughed nervously.But by the time I tried my first joke,people were properly laughing.I was enchanted (陶醉) by the charm and power of comedy.
Now,I might be on stage for 10 minutes in front of a dozen people,or my one-woman show is a full hour in front of a crowd of 100.After a show,people young and old come up to me,saying what an inspiration I am.
They say they want to be as active as me when they reach my age.I’m pleased I can show that as an old person you don’t need to take a back seat in life.
Last year,I was recognized as the oldest female stand-up comedian in the world.My friends think I’m mad.They don’t understand why I wouldn’t choose to take it easy.But I like engaging with the world and you’ve got to be in touch to be funny.I have no intention of stopping comedy.I’m trying to stay alive,and I hope to still be performing when I’m 100.My goal is to still be up there making people laugh.It’s hard work,but it stops me being bored.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了一个女性喜剧演员在68岁时开始走上喜剧道路的经历和感受。文章描述了她如何克服困难和挑战,逐渐适应并热爱喜剧表演,以及她对喜剧的看法和目标。
4.Why did the author want to be a comedian
A.She was tired of her previous job.
B.She wanted to explore new territory.
C.She was interested in performing training.
D.She wanted to make people laugh.
答案　D
解析　[细节理解题。根据文章第二段“It was then that I...training I could do it.”可知,作者之所以想成为一名喜剧演员是因为作者想让人们笑,并享受生活。故选D项。]
5.Which of the following can best describe the author
A.Humorous and humble.
B.Brilliant and confident.
C.Determined and adventurous.
D.Calm and cautious.
答案　C
解析　[推理判断题。根据文章第一段“I was 68 when I first...comedy club before.”可知,作者富有冒险精神;而根据文章最后一段“I have no intention of...performing when I’m 100.”可知,作者是一个意志坚定的人。故选C项。]
6.What can we learn about the author from the last paragraph
A.Her family doesn’t understand her.
B.She often feels bored in daily life.
C.She likes traveling around the world.
D.She will continue her comedy career.
答案　D
解析　[细节理解题。根据文章最后一段“I have no intention of...stops me being bored.”可知,作者无意停止演喜剧,她会一直表演下去。故选D项。]
7.Where can the text be found
A.In a history book.
B.In a newspaper.
C.In a science magazine.
D.In a biography.
答案　D
解析　[文章出处题。根据文章第一段以及全文内容可知,文章主要讲述了作者在68岁时成为一名脱口秀演员的经历,由此可知,这是一篇人物传记。故选D项。]
Ⅱ.完形填空(每小题1分,共15分)
I recently went to a Gabriel Iglesias,known by the 　1　 name Fluffy,show in Evansville,Indiana,with two friends of mine to share a night full of laughs and fun.The jokes kept the crowd 　2　 and engaged.My friends and I had a blast.Afterward,I realized just how good it felt to laugh.If you haven’t been to a comedy show before,this winter is the perfect time to give it 　3　.
If you’re able to coordinate (协调) it,I suggest going to a comedy show with friends.It’s a great 　4　 experience and keeps the jokes alive after the show.But if that doesn’t 　5　,it’s okay to go alone.You’ll still laugh and enjoy the show.
After the Fluffy show,I realized when I leave a venue after a comedy show,I feel so much better than when I arrived.I feel 　6　 and more relaxed.As it turns out,there is a(n) 　7　—laughter can reduce stress.According to a study,a laugh cools down your stress response.It increases,and then decreases your heart rate and blood pressure.　8　 reducing stress,laughter also improves your mood and immune system (免疫系统) and helps reduce pain.Laughter is the best 　9　,after all.
　10　,you don’t have to travel to Evansville like I did to experience some of the best comedians performing today.Comedy clubs across the country offer great performances.Can’t 　11　 it to a live show We also live in an age where comedy can be on our TVs,phones and computers in seconds with the help of video platforms.　12　,I prefer going to live shows for the energy,because the jokes hit harder,but when you need a good laugh,a comedy special online can be a good substitute (替代品).
Life can be stressful and serious.We have a lot to worry about and it can feel overwhelming.Laughter helps us 　13　 tough times,reduce stress and make 　14　 memories with our friends.Next time you need a break from studying or a weekend plan,find a comedy show and let your laughter 　15　 for a while.You’ll feel better afterward.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇夹叙夹议文。本文简单讲述了作者与朋友一同观看喜剧演员加布里埃尔·伊格莱西亚斯(艺名“Fluffy”)的演出后,认识到笑声能够缓解压力、改善心情、提升免疫系统并有助于减轻疼痛,鼓励人们在忙碌的生活中寻找喜剧演出,通过笑声度过艰难时光,与朋友留下美好回忆。
1.A.pen B.pet
C.stage D.family
答案　C
解析　[根据下文“If you haven’t been to a comedy show before”可知,加布里埃尔·伊格莱西亚斯是一位喜剧演员,因此这里是指他在舞台上的艺名。故选C项。]
2.A.amazed B.touched
C.satisfied D.entertained
答案　D
解析　[根据上文“with two friends of mine to share a night full of laughs and fun”可知,作者和朋友们一起度过了一个充满欢笑和乐趣的夜晚,因此,一场喜剧表演的目标是让观众感到愉快和专注。故选D项。]
3.A.a go B.a rest
C.a pass D.a chance
答案　A
解析　[根据上文“If you haven’t been to a comedy show before”可知,此处表示如果你之前没去过喜剧秀,那么这个冬天正是尝试的好时机。“give it a go”是一个固定表达,意为“尝试,试一试”。故选A项。]
4.A.unique B.shared
C.positive D.valuable
答案　B
解析　[根据上文“I suggest going to a comedy show with friends”可知,作者建议和朋友一起去看演出,这意味着一个共享的经历。故选B项。]
5.A.fit B.help
C.work D.matter
答案　C
解析　[此处与上文构成转折,即如果不能协调好也无所谓,你可以自己一个人去,重点在于享受喜剧本身。此处用work表示上文的情况没有实现。故选C项。]
6.A.higher B.lighter
C.smarter D.happier
答案　B
解析　[根据上文“I feel so much better than when I arrived”可知,看喜剧后人会感到更放松。故选B项。]
7.A.fact B.effect
C.reason D.theory
答案　C
解析　[根据下文“laughter can reduce stress.According to a study,a laugh cools down your stress response”可知,看喜剧后人会感到放松是有原因的,即笑有助于减轻压力。故选C项。]
8.A.Instead of B.Thanks to
C.In spite of D.In addition to
答案　D
解析　[此处强调笑除了可以减压外还有其他好处,是对上文的补充。故选D项。]
9.A.cure B.doctor
C.treatment D.medicine
答案　D
解析　[除了减轻压力外,笑还能改善心情和免疫系统,并帮助减少疼痛,因此笑对身心都有好处,即笑是最好的药。故选D项。]
10.A.Luckily B.Finally
C.Generally D.Literally
答案　A
解析　[根据下文“Comedy clubs across the country offer great performances.”可知,全国各地的喜剧俱乐部都有精彩的表演,因此幸运的是,你不必像作者一样去埃文斯维尔就能体验到今天最好的喜剧演员的表演。故选A项。]
11.A.make B.help
C.bear D.believe
答案　A
解析　[如果无法亲临现场,通过网络平台也能达到同样的目的,此处“make it”意为“出席或参加某个活动”,符合语境。故选A项。]
12.A.Moreover B.However
C.Meanwhile D.Therefore
答案　B
解析　[如果无法亲临现场,可以通过网络平台观看喜剧表演,但是作者却更喜欢现场表演,此处与上文构成转折。故选B项。]
13.A.go over B.go after
C.go beyond D.go through
答案　D
解析　[根据下文“tough times,reduce stress”可知,笑可以减少压力,帮助我们度过艰难时刻。故选D项。]
14.A.sweet B.lasting
C.precious D.meaningful
答案　B
解析　[观看喜剧节目后,笑料依然鲜活,因此笑可以帮助我们度过艰难的时刻,减轻压力,和朋友们创造持久的回忆。故选B项。]
15.A.take up B.take off
C.take over D.take away
答案　C
解析　[根据下文“for a while.You’ll feel better afterward.”可知,如果学习累了或者周末需要计划的时候,看一场喜剧,让自己笑上一阵子,即花时间去欣赏喜剧,让笑声来掌控一段时间(让自己笑上一阵子)。故选C项。](共111张PPT)
Part 2　Language Points
(Topic Talk & Lesson 1 & Lesson 2)
内
容
索
引
核心考点突破
课时精练
核 心 考 点 突 破
核心单词练透
高考热点微练
短语句式通关
核心单词练透
1.pretend vi.& vt.假装,装作
教材原句　...when someone pretends to be someone else.
……当一个人伪装成另一个人时。
感知　语言先输入
①Wearing a broad smile,she pretended to be calm and optimistic,but as a matter of fact she was so nervous from head to toe.
②Despite a feeling of desperation,he pretended to his family that everything was going well.(情绪描写)
记牢　知识再梳理
pretend to do...　　　　 假装做……
pretend to be doing... 假装正在做……
pretend to have done... 假装已经做过……
pretend to be+n./adj. 假装是……;假装……
pretend (to sb) (that)... (对某人)假装……
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①The children pretend 　　　　　　(be) different animals dancing to the music.(活动介绍)
②When I am faced with difficulties in learning,I won’t
　　　　　　　　　　　　　,but turn to my classmates or teachers.
当我在学习中遇到难题时,我会向同学们或老师求助,而不是不懂装懂。
to be
pretend to have known it
③Frank turned away,　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 ,
and hurried away.(动作描写)
弗兰克转过身去,假装没看见我,匆匆走开了。
④When the teacher came in,he pretended ___________________________
_____________________________.
老师进来时,他假装正在做作业。
pretending not to notice me
to be/that he was doing
his homework
2.anxiety n.焦虑,不安,担心;渴望
教材原句　...relieves stress and anxiety...
……缓解压力和焦虑……
感知　语言先输入
①The girl,who has been working hard to enhance herself,is anxious for success.(人物介绍)
②She sat quietly by the desk and waited for the important exam results with anxiety.(心理描写)
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)with anxiety=anxiously 焦虑地
(2)anxious adj. 焦虑的;担忧的;渴望的;急切的
be anxious for sb/about sth 为某人/某事担心/担忧
be anxious to do sth 急于做某事
be anxious for sth 渴望某物
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①Playing basketball with my friends takes my mind away from
　　　　　　(anxious) that comes from schoolwork.
②The parents were anxious 　　　　　　their daughter,who was traveling alone for the first time.
③I 　　　　　　　　　 the outcome of the interview.
我急于知道面试的结果。
④My hands were shaking a little as I 　　　　 　
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　.(2025·全国一卷)
我怀着焦虑的心情敲响哥哥的房门,双手微微发颤。
anxiety
for
am anxious to know
knocked on my brother’s
door anxiously/with anxiety
3.confused adj.困惑的
教材原句　He was confused and didn’t know if he should carry on hitting me,or stop and help Mr Zhao—so he just stood there. 他不知所措,不知道是继续打我还是帮助赵先生,所以他只是呆呆地站着。
感知　语言先输入
①As students spend most of their time on study,most of them are confused about finding jobs.
②What made me embarrassed was that I confused “scream” with “cream”,which set off a burst of laughter.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)be/get confused about 对……感到困惑
(2)confuse vt. 使困惑;使糊涂;混淆;弄错
confuse...with... 把……与……混淆
(3)confusing adj. 令人困惑的;难懂的
(4)confusion n. 混乱;杂乱;混淆;弄错
in confusion 处于混乱状态
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子/句式升级
①The 　　　　　　look on her face suggested she was
　　 　　about the 　　　　　　 instructions.(confuse)
②Learning that you are about to pay a visit to a Chinese friend and
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　,I am writing
to put forward some suggestions.(建议信)
得知你即将拜访一位中国朋友,对中国的风俗习惯感到困惑,我写信来提出一些建议。
confused
confused
confusing
confused about the Chinese customs
③He was confused about the present situation so he was at a loss what to do next.
→　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　,he was at a loss what to do next.(形容词短语作状语)
Confused about the present situation
4.announce vt.宣布,宣告
教材原句　“Well,everything is working OK,” she announced afterwards.
“嗯,一切正常,”她检查后说道。
感知　语言先输入
①We are pleased to announce that all of you have passed the exam.
②It was announced that an agreement had been reached at the end of the meeting.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)announce sth to sb　 向某人宣布某事
announce (to sb) that... (向某人)宣布……;宣称……
It is announced that... 据称……
(2)announcement n. 公告;宣告;发表;通告
make an announcement 发布宣告或通知
(3)announcer n. 广播员;播音员
[名师指津]　announce的后面不能跟双宾语,即不能用于announce sb sth中,而应用announce sth to sb。
运用　完成句子/完成语段
①Our readers are really looking forward to it,as we plan to
　　　　　　　 　　　　　　　　　　　　 in the next issue.
(2025·全国二卷)
我们的读者对此满怀期待,因为我们计划在下一期中公布这篇文章的刊发信息。
②It’s my great honor 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 　
of the Students’ Union.(发言稿)
我很荣幸地宣布我将竞选学生会主席。
announce the release of this article
to announce that I am running for chairman
③Attention,please! I 　　　　　 　　　　　 you.
　　　　　　 　　　　　 the World Adolescent Robotics Competition will be held from July 7 to 15 in Tianjin.(通知)
请注意!我向你们宣布一件事。据称,世界青少年机器人大赛将于7月7日至15日在天津举行。
make an announcement to
It is announced that
5.deserve vt.应得,应受到
教材原句　I really don’t think I deserve a zero.
我真的觉得我不应该得零分。
感知　语言先输入
①Though the man played a clown in this play,he deserved to get the audience’s respect.
②He is a responsible doctor,and he deserves respect/respecting/to be respected.
记牢　知识再梳理
deserve to do sth　　　 应该做……;值得做……
deserve to be done=deserve doing值得被做
deserve consideration/attention 值得考虑/注意
[名师指津]　当物作主语时,deserve后接doing,主动形式表示被动意义,相当于接动词不定式的被动形式。need、want、require作“需要”讲时也有类似用法。
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①As far as I am concerned,students’ feedback concerning the Spoken English class deserves 　　 　　　 　　　　　　　　　　
(consider).(2023·上海1月卷)
②We 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　with our joint efforts rather than with the help of luck.
我们应该通过我们的共同努力而不是运气来赢得比赛。
consideration/to be considered/considering
deserve to win the competition
③ These happy memories 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 ,
making the newspaper warmer.(2025·全国一卷)
这些美好的回忆值得被分享,这也让这份报纸变得更温馨。
deserve to be shared/sharing
片段巩固用pretend;anxiety;confused;announce;deserve完成宣布考试成绩的续写片段
写作提示:即将宣布成绩→带着焦虑,我假装镇定→身旁困惑的同学不停追问→我们都觉得理应得到更好的成绩→开始点名,大家的心怦怦直跳
　　The teacher was about to announce the exam results.With anxiety,I pretended to be calm while my confused classmate kept asking questions.We all thought we deserved better grades,and our hearts raced as the teacher started reading the names one by one.
6.significant adj.重要的,重大的
教材原句　Research shows that laughing has significant benefits...
研究表明笑有很大的好处……
感知　语言先输入
①It is widely accepted that calligraphy is significant for Chinese culture.
②Our teacher told us that this would be a speech which was of great significance about comedy.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)be significant for　　　 对……是重要的
It is significant that... 很明显……
(2)significance n. 意思;重要性,意义
be of (great/no/little) significance to...
对……(很/不)重要
attach (great) significance to (doing) sth
认为(做)某事(很)重要
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①The charity to be set up will be very 　　　　　(significance) to people in need.
②Your insights into Canadian sports 　 　　　　　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 our readers.(2025·全国二卷)
您对加拿大体育运动的深刻见解对我们的读者而言意义重大。
significant
will be very significant
for/of great significance to
③Through participating in this picking activity,I 　 　　　　　　　
　 　　　　　　　　　　　　.(主旨升华)
通过参加这次采摘活动,我认为劳动很重要。
④　　　　　　　　　　 the greatest gift of life is friendship.(主旨升华)
很明显,生命中最珍贵的礼物是友谊。
attach great
significance to labour
It is significant that
7.measurement n.测量,计量,衡量
教材原句　According to the scientific measurement of time,I deduce that the time is probably a quarter past three.
根据科学计时测算,我推断现在大概是三点一刻。
感知　语言先输入
①Afterwards,the tailor measured me and made a suit to my measure.
②The number of them is less than 1,000,so I hope you can take some effective measures/steps/action to protect them.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)measure vt.　　　 测量;比较;评估;权衡
vi. 量;有……长(宽、高等)
n. 措施;量度;尺寸;程度;办法
measure...by... 用……来衡量……
be measured by/in 用……来衡量/计算
(2)take measures/steps/action to do sth
采取措施做某事
make sth to sb’s measure 照某人的尺寸做某物
[名师指津]　
(1)measure表示“措施”之意时,常用其复数形式measures。
(2)measure表示“量;有……长(宽、高等)”时,是不及物动词,后跟量的结果,不用被动语态及进行时态;作后置定语时要用其动词-ing形式。
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①We really need a proper ruler to take the exact ____________________
(measure) of this wooden desk.
②We finally bought a house,　　　　　　　 (measure) about twelve feet by fifteen feet.
measurement
measuring
③It’s generally acknowledged that education shouldn’t
　 　　　　 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　.
人们普遍认为教育不应该只通过考试成绩来衡量。
④It is high time that we 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　. (短文投稿)
我们是时候立刻采取措施来防止海洋污染了。
be measured only by examination results
should take/took immediate measures to
prevent the ocean from being polluted
8.infection n.感染;传染
教材原句　Both mean that our body is better able to fight infection.
两者都意味着我们的身体能够更好地抵抗感染。
感知　语言先输入
①She infected the whole class with her laughter.
②A person who is infected with the virus looks pitiful.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)infect vt.　　　　 传染;使感染(疾病、某种情感等)
infect...with... 把……传染给……;用……感染……
be infected with... 染上……;感染了……
(2)infectious adj. 感染的,传染性的;患有传染病的;
有感染力的
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①People are coming to realize that wearing masks can provide protection from 　　　　　　　　　 (infect).
②Her joy was so 　　　　　　(infect) that he forgot his sadness.
③Many people 　　　　　　　　　 　 the flu during the cold winter.
寒冷的冬天里,许多人都感染了流感。
④She 　　　　　　　　　　 her enthusiasm for music.
她对音乐的热爱感染了孩子们。
infection
infectious
were infected with
infected the children with
9.whisper vi.& vt.悄声说,低语,耳语n.低语,私语,耳语
教材原句　After a while,somebody whispered in my ear:“His name is Cliff,not Richard.”
过了一会儿,有人在我耳边悄悄说:“他叫克里夫,不是理查德。”
感知　语言先输入
①He turned aside and whispered something to the man standing next to him.
②It was whispered that anyone who did best in the academic performance would get the scholarship.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)whisper sth to sb　　　 悄悄给某人说某事
It is whispered that... 据传闻……
(2)in a whisper 低声地,悄声地
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①She asked if I could lend her a pen 　　　　　　 a whisper so that no one else could hear.
in
②The thrilled twins 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　, “We are eager to cook a delicious breakfast for our beloved mother.”
这对激动的双胞胎轻声对他们的父亲说:“我们渴望为我们心爱的母亲做一顿美味的早餐。”
③　　　　　　　　　　　　　 Mr.Smith would get a promotion.
据传闻史密斯先生要高升了。
whispered to their father
It was whispered that
1.over and over again一再地;反复不断地
短语句式通关
教材原句　I said sorry over and over again.
我一遍又一遍地说对不起。
感知　语言先输入
①My teacher has told me over and over again not to get addicted to computer games.
②He explained again and again in order to make what he did understood.
运用　单句语法填空/同义句转换
①The little boy drew the cartoon character over 　　　　　　over again so that he could get it perfect.
②Although he felt tired,he repeated the sentence again
　　　　　　again to memorize it.
and
and
③The children said loudly,“Happy Mother’s Day!” Mother hugged them tightly and kissed them over and over again.
→The children said loudly,“Happy Mother’s Day!” Mother hugged them tightly and kissed them 　　　　　　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　.
time and (time) again/again and
again/over and over
2.throw in把……扔进……;添上;附带奉送,免费外加
教材原句　The collector continued,“Hey,for the 200 dollars I wonder if you could throw in that old saucer.The cat’s used to it and it’ll save me from having to get a dish.”
收藏家接着说:“嘿,200 美元的话我想你能不能把那个旧碟子也送给我。毕竟这只猫已经习惯了用它,这样也省得我再去买猫食盆了。”
感知　语言先输入
①Please don’t throw away the empty plastic bottles;we can recycle them.
②He managed to throw off those newspaper reporters.
记牢　知识再梳理
throw away　　　　 扔掉,丢弃;浪费
throw off 甩掉;摆脱;匆匆脱掉(衣服)
throw oneself into 投身于;积极从事
throw out 扔掉;散发;拒绝;开除
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①To protect the earth,we mustn’t throw 　　　　　　　　　 waste carelessly.(倡议书)
②She threw 　　　　　　her coat and began to do her homework.
(动作描写)
③You can have the piano for $200,and I’ll 　　　　　　the stool as well.
你花200美元就可以买走这架钢琴,另外奉送这张琴凳。
④We readily and enthusiastically 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　.
我们欣然又热情地投身于这项工作。
away
off
throw in
threw ourselves into the work
3.look up仰望;查阅;拜访;改善
教材原句　Some hours later,Holmes woke up and asked his faithful friend,“Watson,look up at the sky and tell me what you see.”
几小时后,福尔摩斯醒了,问他忠实的朋友:“华生,抬头看看天空,告诉我你看到了什么。”
感知　语言先输入
①You can look up the dictionary when you meet with new words.
②We shouldn’t look down upon/on the disabled;on the contrary,we should help them.
记牢　知识再梳理
look up to　　　　　 尊敬;敬仰
look around 朝四周看;环视;环顾四周
look ahead 预测未来;展望未来
look into 调查
look down on/upon 看不起;轻视;蔑视
look forward to 盼望,期待
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①We should respect others and never look down 　　　　　　them because of their jobs,or physical disabilities.(演讲稿)
②I will appoint my brother to look 　　　　　　 those complaints, who can then find solutions.
on/upon
into
③She hugged them to her chest,and at last she was able
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 and a smile.(动作描写)
她把它们紧紧地抱在胸前,终于抬起头来,泪流满面地微笑着。
④I really 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
in this column.(2025·全国一卷)
我非常期待阅读这个栏目里的精彩文章。
to look up with tearful eyes
look forward to reading the wonderful articles
4.句型公式:be doing...when...正在做……这时(突然)……
教材原句　A famous art collector was walking through the city when he noticed a dirty cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store.
一个著名的艺术品收藏家在穿过城市时看见一只脏猫在一家商店门口舔饮浅碟中的牛奶。
感知　语言先输入
①He was practicing English pronunciation when his teacher passed by and praised him.
②Mother had just woken up when she smelt an inviting smell of food.
③I was on the point of breaking down when my father came running to help with a knife.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)句中...was walking...when...为“be doing...when...”结构,意为“正在做……这时(突然)……”。when为并列连词,表示“这时;突然”,相当于and at this/that time。
(2)类似的句型结构还有:
①had just done...when... 刚刚做完……这时……
②be about to do...when... 正要做……这时……
③be on the point of doing...when... 正要做……这时……
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子/一句多译
①Last Sunday,I 　　　　　　(walk)in the street when I suddenly saw an old man fall off his bicycle.
②He was about 　　　　　　(hand) in his homework when he found a mistake in the last sentence.
③She was on the point of watching TV 　　　　　　　there was a power failure.
was walking
to hand
when
④I 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 my mom asked me to help with housework.
我刚刚做完作业,这时妈妈就叫我帮忙做家务了。
⑤我正要放弃,这时我最好的朋友鼓励我继续下去。
→I 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 my best friend encouraged me to go on.
→I 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 my best friend encouraged me to go on.
had just finished my homework when
was about to give up when
was on the point of giving up when
5.句型公式:make+宾语+宾语补足语
教材原句　I hear there’s an amazing clown who’ll really make you laugh.
我听说那里有个令人惊羡的小丑,他肯定能逗笑你。
感知　语言先输入
①Walking alone in the dark forest was so frightening as to make my hair stand on end.(情绪描写)
②Modesty helps one to make progress,whereas pride makes one lag behind.We should always remember this truth.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)句中make you laugh为“make+代词+省略to的动词不定式”结构。
(2)“make+名词/代词+省略to的动词不定式”意为“让某人做某事”。
(3)“make+名词/代词+形容词(短语)”意为“使某人/某事……”。
(4)“make+名词/代词+过去分词(短语)”表示“使某人/某物被……”。
[名师指津]　“make+名词/代词+省略to的动词不定式”结构在被动语态中,省略的to要恢复。
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①Our teacher made our mistakes 　　　　 　 (correct) before we handed in the paper.
②As long as the journey of poetry reading 　　　　　　　 　,
it will have been worth your effort.
只要读诗之旅能让你有所感悟,你的努力就是值得的。
corrected
makes you feel something
③Most importantly,it will 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
for everyone.(2025·全国一卷)
最重要的是,它会让每个人的英语学习变得更加有趣。
④I strongly recommend “Fun at my school”.First,this topic can
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 .
(2025·全国一卷)
我强烈推荐“Fun at my school”这个栏目。首先,这个主题能让更多同学了解到我们丰富多彩的校园故事。
make English learning more enjoyable
make our colorful school stories known to more students
片段巩固 用over and over again;look up;be doing...when...;make+宾语+宾补完成介绍一件趣事的片段
写作提示:我正在做英语作业,突然碰到一个生僻词→我在词典里反复查阅它的意思,但把发音念得乱七八糟→同桌模仿我的语调,逗得全班同学哈哈大笑→最初尴尬,但也跟着笑起来→这是一个有趣的瞬间
1.　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 (be doing...
when...) I came across a tricky word.2.　　　　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 (动词-ing形式作状语),
I still messed up the pronunciation.My deskmate heard me and imitated my strange tone,which 3. 　　　　　　 　　
(make+宾语+宾补).I felt a little embarrassed at first,but soon joined them.It was such a funny moment that we talked about it for the rest of the break.
I was doing my English homework when
Looking up its meaning in the
dictionary over and over again
made the whole class laugh loudly
1.写出加黑部分的词性和汉语意思
adj.古旧的;老式的
高考热点微练
①My grandfather once told me never would he sell the antique furniture.　　　　　　　　　
②She collapsed suddenly at work and was immediately sent to the nearby hospital.　　　　　　　　　
③He spent a lot of money in satisfying the appetite for excitement and amusement.　　　　　
④It’s recommended that we consume more fresh vegetables and less processed food for better health.　　　　　
vi.(人)晕倒,突然倒下
n.欲望
vt.吃,喝
2.选出atmosphere的汉语意思
C
A.n.空气　B.n.(行星的)大气层　C.n.气氛,氛围
①We were totally immersed in the peaceful atmosphere,enjoying the delicate cuisines,talking about our interesting experiences and singing songs till the sun set.(2023·浙江1月卷)　　
②The atmosphere in the mountain village is so fresh that it’s like a natural oxygen bar.　　
③The atmosphere that surrounds our planet is mainly made up of nitrogen and oxygen.　　
A
B
课 时 精 练
基础语境练
素能提升练
[基础语境练]
Ⅰ.单词情景运用(每小题1分,共10分)
1.I also watched some old 　　　　　　(喜剧),which always seemed to help me feel better.
2.Although his parents are not rich,they try their best to cover his
　　　　　　(费用) for music lessons.
3.The report 　　　　　　(预测) that this new technology will change people’s daily lives in the next five years.
comedies
expenses
forecasts
4.The monkey suddenly emerged from behind the tree,frightening Lucy into 　　　　　　(尖叫).
5.With many wild animals gradually dying out,the present situation
　　　　　　(应得,应受到) attention.
6.The 　　　　　　/ tm sfI / in the meeting was getting more and more tense.
7.The rain suddenly poured down,so we had to take shelter in the
　　　　　　/ d weI/ of a nearby shop.
screaming
deserves　
atmosphere
doorway
8.“Be quiet.The baby is sleeping in the room,” my aunt w____________
when I talked.
9.She abandoned herself to the p　　　　　　 of the TV play and didn’t notice the guest come in.
10.Although he was born in China,he can speak English with a perfect American a　　　　　　.
hispered
lot
ccent
Ⅱ.词形转换填空(每小题1分,共10分)
1.In order not to make her feel 　　　　 　　(embarrass),we all say that nothing is wrong.
2.It is reported that some 　　　　　　(consume) complain about the noise of the air conditioner.
3.Researchers think the discovery of new gas fields is of great
　　　　　　(significant).
embarrassed
consumers
significance
4.The moment he came back from his holiday,he gave a ______________
(humor) account of his trip to America.
5.Nowadays,　　　　　　 (face) recognition has been widely applied in our daily life.
6.The 　　　　　　(science) discovery has changed people’s understanding of the universe.
7.Tears help to protect the eye from 　　　　　　(potential) harmful foreign bodies.
humorous
facial
scientific
potentially
8.What astonished people was that they 　　　　　　(accidental) unearthed some ancient antiques.
9.The 　　　　　　(faith) fans waited outside the stadium for hours just to see their favorite singer.
10.Nobody can 　　　　　　(casual) succeed,and success comes from a person’s perseverance.
accidentally
faithful
casually
Ⅲ.短语情景运用(每小题1.5分,共9分)
be used to,so far,wake up,look up,feel down, go wrong
1.　　　　　　　　,the students have made great progress in their listening skills.
2.Whenever I 　　　　　　　　,my best friend would tell me funny jokes.
3.She 　　　　　　　　feeling refreshed after a good night’s sleep,ready for the new day.
So far
felt down
woke up
4.Although the project 　　　　　　　　at first,we finally fixed the problem and finished it successfully.
5.She 　　　　　　　　from her book suddenly,for she heard someone calling her name outside the window.
6.He 　　　　　　　　reading a book for a while before falling asleep,which helped him relax.
went wrong
looked up
was used to
Ⅳ.典型句式集训(每小题2分,共10分)
1.He 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　his feet
slipped and he fell over.(be doing...when...)
　他正小心翼翼沿着路走着,突然他脚下一滑摔倒在地。
2.　　　　　　 　　　　　　,the lady pressed a large amount of money into my bag.(after引导时间状语从句)
　我按下按钮后,那位女士把一大笔钱塞进我的包里。
was walking cautiously along the road when
After I pressed the button
3.　 　　　　　　　　　　　 is figure out the reason why you fail in the exam.(主语从句)
　你真正应该做的是找出你考试不及格的原因。
4.Although the task was hard,it 　　　　　　　　　　　 　 　　　.
(make+宾语+宾语补足语)
尽管任务很艰巨,但它让我们学到了很多实用的技能。
5.A survey showed people 　　　　　　　　　　 　
to stay healthy. (confused,宾语从句)
一项调查表明人们对于保持健康该吃什么感到困惑。
What you really need to do
made us learn a lot of useful skills
were confused about what they should eat
[素能提升练]
Ⅰ.阅读理解(每小题2.5分,共17.5分)
A
Upcoming Live Milwaukee Comedy Shows
The Milwaukee Comedy Festival is celebrating the 19th Years of Laughs in December,featuring performers from across the country in live shows and special events across Milwaukee!
Ticket:Early bird price $20;$25 at the door.
Official Kick Off
Dec.2 7:30 pm-9:00 pm
The Milwaukee Comedy Festival starts things off at Shank Hall! The first show will feature top stand-up comedy and lots of laughs, promising an evening filled with entertainment and unforgettable moments for all attendees.
Keg Stand Up
Dec.4 7:30 pm-9:30 pm
Get your Mid-Week laughs at our special Comedy Fest with Keg Stand Up! What’s special about Lakefront Brewery is its full food menu,which will be available during the show including their award-winning cheese curds!
The Hangover Show
Dec.7 1:00 pm-3:00 pm
It’s been a long week of laughs already,so start your Saturday off right—with The Hangover Show! This comedy show will feature 8 top comedians from across the country in an afternoon of stand-up & juices! The Hangover Show has become a Milwaukee favorite.
The Closer
Dec.8 7:00 pm-9:00 pm
Don’t think of this show as the end,but think of it as The Closer! There is an excellent line up of fantastic stand-up comedy to close out the week of laughs at the Milwaukee Comedy Festival,ensuring that attendees leave with a smile on their face and memories to last a lifetime.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇应用文。文章介绍了密尔沃基喜剧节的几场喜剧表演。
1.What do we know about Milwaukee Comedy Festival
A.It runs for a whole month.
B.It invites famous local performers.
C.It highlights wonderful night performances.
D.It presells tickets $5 less than the regular price.
√
解析　细节理解题。根据第二段“Ticket:Early bird price $20;$25 at the door.”可知,喜剧节的早鸟票比现场票便宜5美元,故选D项。
2.What does Keg Stand Up feature
A.It offers the longest show.
B.It offers meals for the audience.
C.It is Milwaukeers’ favorite event.
D.It includes the award-winning comedians.
解析　细节理解题。根据Keg Stand Up部分中“What’s special about Lakefront...award-winning cheese curds!”可知,Keg Stand Up的特点是为观众提供饭食,故选B项。
√
3.Which event is for those watching the show on Sunday
A.Official Kick Off. B.Keg Stand Up.
C.The Hangover Show. D.The Closer.
解析　细节理解题。根据The Closer部分中“There is an excellent... Milwaukee Comedy Festival”可知,The Closer适合周日观看表演的人,故选D项。
√
B
I was 68 when I first stepped on stage as a stand-up comedian in 2003.I’d never set foot in a comedy club before.I’ve always been a performer—I’ve worked as a singer,actor and musician—but all that came to an end after I found people around didn’t want to go out and entertain themselves.
It was then that I started to think about comedy.I realized people needed to laugh,to enjoy themselves again,and thought that with a little training I could do it.I took a few classes,tried to work out a routine,and finally plucked up the courage to get up on stage.That first time was terrifying.I had no idea what the audience would make of me.
In New York,comedians are typically young men with beards.It’s hard enough to break through,even harder as someone old enough to be their grandmother.As I stepped on stage that first time,people laughed nervously.But by the time I tried my first joke,people were properly laughing.I was enchanted (陶醉) by the charm and power of comedy.
Now,I might be on stage for 10 minutes in front of a dozen people,or my one-woman show is a full hour in front of a crowd of 100.After a show,people young and old come up to me,saying what an inspiration I am.
They say they want to be as active as me when they reach my age.I’m pleased I can show that as an old person you don’t need to take a back seat in life.
Last year,I was recognized as the oldest female stand-up comedian in the world.My friends think I’m mad.They don’t understand why I wouldn’t choose to take it easy.But I like engaging with the world and you’ve got to be in touch to be funny.I have no intention of stopping comedy.I’m trying to stay alive,and I hope to still be performing when I’m 100.My goal is to still be up there making people laugh.It’s hard work,but it stops me being bored.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了一个女性喜剧演员在68岁时开始走上喜剧道路的经历和感受。文章描述了她如何克服困难和挑战,逐渐适应并热爱喜剧表演,以及她对喜剧的看法和
目标。
4.Why did the author want to be a comedian
A.She was tired of her previous job.
B.She wanted to explore new territory.
C.She was interested in performing training.
D.She wanted to make people laugh.
解析　细节理解题。根据文章第二段“It was then that I...training I could do it.”可知,作者之所以想成为一名喜剧演员是因为作者想让人们笑,并享受生活。故选D项。
√
5.Which of the following can best describe the author
A.Humorous and humble.
B.Brilliant and confident.
C.Determined and adventurous.
D.Calm and cautious.
解析　推理判断题。根据文章第一段“I was 68 when I first...comedy club before.”可知,作者富有冒险精神;而根据文章最后一段“I have no intention of...performing when I’m 100.”可知,作者是一个意志坚定的人。故选C项。
√
6.What can we learn about the author from the last paragraph
A.Her family doesn’t understand her.
B.She often feels bored in daily life.
C.She likes traveling around the world.
D.She will continue her comedy career.
解析　细节理解题。根据文章最后一段“I have no intention of...stops me being bored.”可知,作者无意停止演喜剧,她会一直表演下去。故选D项。
√
7.Where can the text be found
A.In a history book.
B.In a newspaper.
C.In a science magazine.
D.In a biography.
解析　文章出处题。根据文章第一段以及全文内容可知,文章主要讲述了作者在68岁时成为一名脱口秀演员的经历,由此可知,这是一篇人物传记。故选D项。
√
Ⅱ.完形填空(每小题1分,共15分)
I recently went to a Gabriel Iglesias,known by the 　1　 name Fluffy,show in Evansville,Indiana,with two friends of mine to share a night full of laughs and fun.The jokes kept the crowd 　2　 and engaged.My friends and I had a blast.Afterward,I realized just how good it felt to laugh.If you haven’t been to a comedy show before,this winter is the perfect time to give it 　3　.
If you’re able to coordinate (协调) it,I suggest going to a comedy show with friends.It’s a great 　4　 experience and keeps the jokes alive after the show.But if that doesn’t 　5　,it’s okay to go alone.You’ll still laugh and enjoy the show.
After the Fluffy show,I realized when I leave a venue after a comedy show,I feel so much better than when I arrived.I feel
　6　 and more relaxed.As it turns out,there is a(n) 　7　—laughter can reduce stress.According to a study,a laugh cools down your stress response.It increases,and then decreases your heart rate and blood pressure.　8　 reducing stress,laughter also improves your mood and immune system (免疫系统) and helps reduce pain.Laughter is the best
　9　,after all.
　10　,you don’t have to travel to Evansville like I did to experience some of the best comedians performing today.Comedy clubs across the country offer great performances.Can’t 　11　 it to a live show We also live in an age where comedy can be on our TVs,phones and computers in seconds with the help of video platforms.　12　,I prefer going to live shows for the energy,because the jokes hit harder,but when you need a good laugh,a comedy special online can be a good substitute (替代品).
Life can be stressful and serious.We have a lot to worry about and it can feel overwhelming.Laughter helps us 　13　 tough times,reduce stress and make 　14　 memories with our friends.Next time you need a break from studying or a weekend plan,find a comedy show and let your laughter 　15　 for a while.You’ll feel better afterward.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇夹叙夹议文。本文简单讲述了作者与朋友一同观看喜剧演员加布里埃尔·伊格莱西亚斯(艺名“Fluffy”)的演出后,认识到笑声能够缓解压力、改善心情、提升免疫系统并有助于减轻疼痛,鼓励人们在忙碌的生活中寻找喜剧演出,通过笑声度过艰难时光,与朋友留下美好回忆。
1.A.pen B.pet
C.stage D.family
√
解析　根据下文“If you haven’t been to a comedy show before”可知,加布里埃尔·伊格莱西亚斯是一位喜剧演员,因此这里是指他在舞台上的艺名。故选C项。
2.A.amazed B.touched
C.satisfied D.entertained
√
解析　根据上文“with two friends of mine to share a night full of laughs and fun”可知,作者和朋友们一起度过了一个充满欢笑和乐趣的夜晚,因此,一场喜剧表演的目标是让观众感到愉快和专注。故选
D项。
3.A.a go B.a rest
C.a pass D.a chance
√
解析　根据上文“If you haven’t been to a comedy show before”可知,此处表示如果你之前没去过喜剧秀,那么这个冬天正是尝试的好时机。“give it a go”是一个固定表达,意为“尝试,试一试”。故选A项。
4.A.unique B.shared
C.positive D.valuable
√
解析　根据上文“I suggest going to a comedy show with friends”可知,作者建议和朋友一起去看演出,这意味着一个共享的经历。故选
B项。
5.A.fit B.help
C.work D.matter
√
解析　此处与上文构成转折,即如果不能协调好也无所谓,你可以自己一个人去,重点在于享受喜剧本身。此处用work表示上文的情况没有实现。故选C项。
6.A.higher B.lighter
C.smarter D.happier
√
解析　根据上文“I feel so much better than when I arrived”可知,看喜剧后人会感到更放松。故选B项。
7.A.fact B.effect
C.reason D.theory
√
解析　根据下文“laughter can reduce stress.According to a study,a laugh cools down your stress response”可知,看喜剧后人会感到放松是有原因的,即笑有助于减轻压力。故选C项。
8.A.Instead of B.Thanks to
C.In spite of D.In addition to
√
解析　此处强调笑除了可以减压外还有其他好处,是对上文的补充。故选D项。
9.A.cure B.doctor
C.treatment D.medicine
√
解析　除了减轻压力外,笑还能改善心情和免疫系统,并帮助减少疼痛,因此笑对身心都有好处,即笑是最好的药。故选D项。
10.A.Luckily B.Finally
C.Generally D.Literally
√
解析　根据下文“Comedy clubs across the country offer great performances.”可知,全国各地的喜剧俱乐部都有精彩的表演,因此幸运的是,你不必像作者一样去埃文斯维尔就能体验到今天最好的喜剧演员的表演。故选A项。
11.A.make B.help
C.bear D.believe
√
解析　如果无法亲临现场,通过网络平台也能达到同样的目的,此处“make it”意为“出席或参加某个活动”,符合语境。故选A项。
12.A.Moreover B.However
C.Meanwhile D.Therefore
√
解析　如果无法亲临现场,可以通过网络平台观看喜剧表演,但是作者却更喜欢现场表演,此处与上文构成转折。故选B项。
13.A.go over B.go after
C.go beyond D.go through
√
解析　根据下文“tough times,reduce stress”可知,笑可以减少压力,帮助我们度过艰难时刻。故选D项。
14.A.sweet B.lasting
C.precious D.meaningful
√
解析　观看喜剧节目后,笑料依然鲜活,因此笑可以帮助我们度过艰难的时刻,减轻压力,和朋友们创造持久的回忆。故选B项。
15.A.take up B.take off
C.take over D.take away
√
解析　根据下文“for a while.You’ll feel better afterward.”可知,如果学习累了或者周末需要计划的时候,看一场喜剧,让自己笑上一阵子,即花时间去欣赏喜剧,让笑声来掌控一段时间(让自己笑上一阵子)。故选C项。
Thanks！
本
讲
内
容
结
束Part 3　Grammar——进行时态
一、现在完成进行时
1.现在完成进行时的构成
[先感知]
①For some time,they have been hoping for better-quality artificial limbs.(译林选二U3)
一段时间以来,他们一直希望能有质量更好的假肢。
②The company has been making herbal medicines for more than 100 years. (译林选二U3)
这家公司生产草药已有100多年的历史。
[会发现]　以上句中加黑部分使用了现在完成进行时,其基本结构为:have/has+been+动词-ing形式,表示从过去某一时间开始持续到现在的动作,该动作可能仍在进行中。
[明规则]　现在完成进行时的构成
(1)构成形式:have/has+been+动词-ing形式。(第一人称、第二人称单复数、第三人称复数用have,第三人称单数用has)
(2)否定形式:主语+have/has not+been+动词-ing形式。(have not可缩写haven’t,has not可缩写为hasn’t)
(3)一般疑问句形式:Have/Has+主语+been+动词-ing形式
(4)特殊疑问句形式:特殊疑问词+have/has+主语+been+动词-ing形式
[再运用]　完成句子/句式变换
①The scientists have been studying the new virus for half a year.
科学家们研究这种新病毒已经有半年了。
②He hasn’t been practicing the piano since last week.
自从上周以来他就一直没练钢琴。
③How long has she been waiting for us here
她已经在这儿等我们多久了
④They have been building the new bridge for two years.
→Have they been building the new bridge for two years (变为一般疑问句)
→They haven’t been building the new bridge for two years. (变为否定句)
2.现在完成进行时的基本用法
[先感知]　
①The train has been racing along steadily since it left Xining.(外研选一U6)
火车离开西宁后,全程都在平稳快速地行驶。
②Wild animals such as these Tibetan antelopes have now been using these passages for years. (外研选一U6)
像藏羚羊这样的野生动物多年来一直在使用这些通道。
③An expedition to the South Pole with the great Sir Ernest Shackleton—this is the adventure that I have been dreaming of.And I was ready for it. (人教选三U4)
和伟大的欧内斯特·沙克尔顿爵士一起远征南极——这是我一直以来梦寐以求的探险。我已经做好了准备。
④I have been waiting for two hours to see the doctor but it is still not my turn yet. (译林选二U3)
我等医生已经等了两个小时了,但还没轮到我。
[会发现]　句①②表示动作从过去某一时刻开始一直持续到现在并有可能延续下去,更强调动作的延续性;句③表示动作的反复性;句④表示某种感彩。
[明规则]　现在完成进行时的基本用法
(1)表示动作从过去某一时刻开始一直持续到现在并有可能延续下去,更强调动作的延续性,常与for、since等引出的时间状语以及all the time、all the morning、these few days、all night等表示一段时间的状语连用。
(2)表示动作的反复性。
(3)表示某种感彩。
[名师指津]　
表示状态的动词不能用于现在完成进行时。
我认识他已经好几年了。
I have known him for years.(√)
I have been knowing him for years.(×)
[再运用]　单句语法填空
①The little boy has been crying (cry) for ten minutes because he can’t find his mother.
②She has been learning (learn) English since she was five years old,so her oral English is very good.
③My father has been repairing (repair) the car all the morning,and he hasn’t finished it yet.
④The researchers have been studying (study) the relationship between sleep and health for several years,and they will publish their findings soon.
⑤He has been working(work) in this company since he graduated from college,and he still loves his job now.
3.现在完成进行时和现在完成时的区别
[先感知]
①He has written a letter.
他写了一封信。(信已写好)
②He has been writing a letter.
他一直在写一封信。(信尚未完成)
③Have you met him recently
你最近见过他吗 (现实结果)
④Have you been meeting him recently
你最近常和他见面吗 (动作的反复)
⑤My father has lost his keys.
我父亲把钥匙丢了。(陈述事实)
⑥My father has always been losing his keys.
我父亲总是丢钥匙。(有“责怪或无奈”之意)
[会发现]　句①②对比,现在完成时表示动作已完成,产生明确结果;现在完成进行时表示动作持续进行且尚未完成。句③④对比,现在完成时侧重动作带来的现实结果;现在完成进行时侧重动作在近期反复发生。句⑤⑥对比,现在完成时单纯陈述客观事实,无主观情感;现在完成进行时可表示动作反复发生,且常带有说话人的主观情感(责怪、无奈等)。
[明规则]
时态 基本语法功能 动作的反复 感彩
现在完成进 行时 表示动作的持续 可表示动作的反复 可表示强烈的感彩
现在完成时 表示动作对现在的影响或产生的结果 不表示动作的反复 一般不含有感彩
[再运用]　单句语法填空/完成句子
①That famous painting has been missing for two weeks now.The police have been looking (look) for it.
②I have been writing (write) the book,but I still haven’t finished (not finish) it.
③He has never learnt (learn) to drive a car because he lives in a big city with convenient public transport.
④All the students have been looking forward to the weekend picnic to be organized by our class.
所有学生都在期待我们班将组织的周末野餐。
⑤Now that Lucy is out of work,she has been considering going back to school,but she hasn’t decided yet.
既然露西失业了,她一直在考虑重返学校,但她还没有决定。
二、过去完成进行时
1.过去完成进行时的构成
[先感知]　He came back late because he had been waiting for her for two hours.
他回来得晚,因为他一直等了她两个小时。
[会发现]　以上句中加黑部分使用了过去完成进行时,其基本结构为:had+been+动词-ing形式,表示在过去某个动作或时间点之前,就已经开始并持续进行的动作。过去完成进行时的构成:had+been+动词-ing形式。
[明规则]　过去完成进行时的构成
(1)构成形式:主语+had+been+动词-ing形式……(无人称和数的变化,所有人称单复数均用had)
(2)否定形式:主语+had not+been+动词-ing形式……(had not可缩写为hadn’t)
(3)一般疑问句形式:Had+主语+been+动词-ing形式……
(4)特殊疑问句形式:特殊疑问词+had+主语+been+动词-ing形式……
[再运用]　完成句子/句式变换
①The workers had been building the road for three months before the heavy rain came.
大雨来临前,工人们修建这条路已经有三个月了。
②He hadn’t been practicing the guitar before the school concert started.
校园音乐会开始前,他一直没练习吉他。
③The writer had been writing the novel for five years before it was published.
这本小说出版前,作者已经写了五年了。
④How long had Linda been learning French before she went to Paris
琳达去巴黎之前,学法语已经学了多久了
⑤They had been talking about the travel plan for an hour before the manager came in.
→Had they been talking about the travel plan for an hour before the manager came in (变为一般疑问句)
→They hadn’t been talking about the travel plan for an hour before the manager came in. (变为否定句)
2.过去完成进行时的基本用法
[先感知]　
①They had been building the road by the end of last month.
到上个月月末为止他们一直在修建这条路。
②He had been studying English for three years before he went abroad.
在他出国之前,他学习英语已三年了。
[会发现]　句①表示到过去某个特定时间点为止,动作从更早的过去开始并持续进行至该时间点;句②表示在过去某个具体动作发生之前,另一动作已经从更早的过去开始并持续了一段时间。两句均体现动作发生在“过去的过去”,且具有明显的持续性,常搭配表过去的时间状语或过去动作的从句。
[明规则]　过去完成进行时的基本用法
过去完成进行时表示在过去某时或者某个动作之前一直进行的动作,暗示该动作持续到过去某时或过去某个动作发生时,且还可能持续下去,常与by引出的时间状语、before或when引导的从句(从句用一般过去时)、表示一段时间的状语(如for hours、all these days)等连用。
[再运用]　单句语法填空/完成句子
①The students had been preparing (prepare) for the exam for a week before the final test began.
②He was out of breath because he had been running (run) all the way to the station.
③She was very tired.She had been working all day.
她很累了。她整天都在工作。
三、将来进行时
1.将来进行时的构成
[先感知]　
①I will be giving a talk on artificial intelligence from 2 to 3 p.m.tomorrow.I really feel nervous. (译林选二U4)
明天下午2点到3点,我将做一个关于人工智能的演讲。我真的很紧张。
②We shall be flying to Beijing this time the day after tomorrow.
后天这个时候,我们将正飞往北京。
[会发现]　以上句中加黑部分使用了将来进行时,其基本结构为:will/shall+be+动词-ing形式,主要表示将来某个特定时间点或时间段内正在进行的动作,shall多搭配第一人称I/we使用,will可通用于所有人称。
将来进行时的构成:will/shall+be+动词-ing形式。
[明规则]　将来进行时的构成
(1)构成形式:主语+shall/will+be+动词-ing形式……(第一人称I/we可用shall,所有人称均可用will,日常表达中will更通用)
(2)否定形式:主语+shall/will not+be+动词-ing形式……(will not缩写为won’t,shall not缩写为shan’t,shan’t 较少用)
(3)一般疑问句形式:Shall/Will+主语+be+动词-ing形式……
(4)特殊疑问句形式:特殊疑问词+shall/will+主语+be+动词-ing形式……
[再运用]　完成句子/句式变换
①The teachers will be having a meeting from 2 to 4 this Friday afternoon.
本周五下午 2 点到 4 点,老师们将正在开会。
②I won’t be watching TV at 9 o’clock tonight because I have to study.
今晚 9 点我不会在看电视,因为我得学习。
③What will you be doing at 8 o’clock tomorrow morning
明天早上 8 点你将正在做什么
④They will be planting trees in the park this time tomorrow.
→Will they be planting trees in the park this time tomorrow (变为一般疑问句)
→They won’t be planting trees in the park this time tomorrow.(变为否定句)
2.将来进行时的基本用法
[先感知]　
①This time tomorrow I will be seeing the new members of the club.Can you come along (译林选二U4)
明天这个时候,我将会见俱乐部的新成员。你能一起来吗
②Sorry,I will be giving a lecture at that time.How about tomorrow morning (译林选二U4)
对不起,那个时候我正在讲课。明天上午怎么样
③Do you think you will still be doing the same job in ten years’ time (人教选一U2)
你认为十年后你还会做同样的工作吗
④Will you be visiting the science exhibition next month (译林选二U4)
下个月你会去参观科学展览吗
[会发现]　句①表示将来某一时间段内正在进行的动作;句②表示安排好要发生的动作;句③表示预测可能会发生的事;句④表示委婉的语气。
[明规则]　将来进行时的基本用法
(1)表示将来某一时间段内或某一时刻正在进行的动作或存在的状态,常与将来的时间状语连用。
(2)表示已经决定或安排好要发生的动作。
(3)表示预测可能会发生的事。
(4)将来进行时用于疑问句、条件状语从句或I hope/think等的宾语从句中,表示亲切或委婉的语气。
[再运用]　单句语法填空
① She will be having (have) an English class at 9 o’clock tomorrow morning,so she will miss the morning meeting.
②At ten o’clock tomorrow,she will be working (work) in her office.
③If you plant watermelon seeds in spring,you will be eating (eat) fresh watermelon in summer.
④Professor Wang will be giving (give) another report on this subject at the same time next week.
⑤I can’t go to the cinema with you at 3 o’clock this afternoon because I will be having (have) a meeting at that time.
3.将来进行时与一般将来时的区别
[先感知]　
①Next month I’ll go on holiday to a coastal city.I will be lying on the beach,sunbathing,or swimming in the sea. (人教选一U2)
下个月我要去一个沿海城市度假。我会躺在沙滩上,晒日光浴,或者在海里游泳。
②It is a terribly heavy box.Don’t worry,I’ll help you to carry it.
这是一个很重的箱子。别担心,我会帮你搬它。
③It will be snowing now in London.
现在伦敦可能正在下雪。
④Tom is going to cut the grass tomorrow.
汤姆打算明天去割草。
[会发现]　句①表示将来正在进行的动作;句②表示临时决定;句③强调主观臆断或猜测;句④表示计划、打算或安排。
[明规则]　 将来进行时与一般将来时的区别
(1)将来进行时表示将来某一时刻正在进行的动作,而一般将来时表示将来要做的事,事先没有考虑而只是在说话时做出的临时决定或表示事物的倾向性、规律性和习惯等。
(2)be going to do表示计划、打算或安排要发生或有种种迹象表明将要发生的事,而将来进行时表示主观臆断或猜测要发生某事。
[再运用]　单句语法填空/完成句子
①When he comes to my house tomorrow,I will be writing (write)the report.
②Don’t phone me between 8:00 and 10:00.We will be having (have)classes then.
③I think that she will be working (work) on this experiment until tomorrow morning.
④Look at the lightning in the sky.It is going to rain soon,I’m afraid.
看看天空中的闪电,恐怕很快就要下雨了。
⑤You will feel better if you take the medicine.
如果你吃了药,你会感觉好一些。
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
[基础语境练]
维度一　基础填空题(每小题1分,共10分)
1.Dr.Li,as well as her parents,has been working(are working/has been working) hard to treat patients and develop medicines over the past two months.
2.I haven’t finished my composition.I have been writing it (have written it/have been writing it) for two hours and a half.
3.Peter has been reading (has read/has been reading) a book in the reading room all morning;it must be very interesting.
4.Lucy has been having (has been having/had had) guitar lessons for three years,but now she is practising piano.
5.My neighbor still cut down their beautiful cherry tree as they said it had been blocking (has blocked/had been blocking) out the sun.
6.By the time I arrived at the cinema,Judy had been waiting (had been waiting/has been waiting) for twenty minutes.
7.To my great joy,I got a chance to take a photo with Andy after the concert,which I had been looking (was looking/had been looking) forward to for years.
8.Debbie couldn’t understand why her computer crashed,for it had been working (has been working/had been working) perfectly for as long as she could remember.
9.I’m afraid Mr.Bean won’t be available then.He will be seeing (will be seeing/would see) a friend off at 4:30 this afternoon.
10.Jane can’t attend the meeting at 3 o’clock this afternoon because she will be teaching (will be teaching/was teaching) a class at that time.
维度二　单句语法填空(每小题1分,共10分)
1.All my classmates have been working(work) hard since we knew the final exam was coming.
2.I have been playing (play) football all the morning,so I’m sweating heavily.
3.All the students have been looking (look)forward to the school trip to the museum.
4.I think that she will be working (work) on this experiment until tomorrow morning.
5.Premier Li will be making (make)a speech on TV at 8 pm on Friday evening.
6.So far I have visited (visit) many places of interest,but the West Lake is my favorite.
7.Great changes have taken (take) place in my hometown in the past ten years.
8.She was reciting (recite) the poem at nine o’clock yesterday.
9.When I first met Jane,she had been working(work) in that school for 10 years.
10.It had been raining (rain)for a long time before you shut the window.
维度三　语法与写作(每小题2分,共10分)
1.He had been learning English for many years before he came to England.
在他来到英国之前,他已经学了很多年英语了。
2.Professor Smith will be giving another report on this subject at the same time next week.
史密斯教授将在下周的同一时间就这个话题再做一份报告。
3.Since the Chinese New Year,the number of bikes has been growing rapidly.
自春节以来,自行车的数量一直迅速增长。
4.At the moment,my mountain bike is being repaired and I have to go to school on foot.
目前,我的山地车正在被修理,我不得不步行去上学。
5.An English speech competition will be held in the lecture hall next Sunday.
下周天将在报告厅举行英语演讲比赛。
维度四　语法与语篇(每小题2分,共10分)
As far as I know,1.you had been learning Chinese for many years(你已经学了很多年的中文) before you came to China.And ever since you came into our university,2.you have been devoting yourself to exploring(你一直致力于探索) more advanced Chinese culture.I am firmly convinced that you must have a good command of Chinese.So 3.I am writing to invite you to take part in(我写信邀请你参加) a Chinese speech competition which will be held by the Students’ Council.Many foreign students 4.will be gathering and showing their talents(将聚集到一起展示自己的才华) at this time.We 5.are sincerely looking forward to your participation(真诚期待你的参加).
[素能提升练]
Ⅰ.阅读理解(每小题2.5分,共10分)
NASA has a new job listing,and it’s no joke.The US space agency is looking for a “joker” to join their planned mission to Mars.
A mission to Mars is no laughing matter.On average,the red planet is 140 million miles (225 million kilometers) away from Earth.A trip there would take around eight months in a small spacecraft.And Mars has a communications delay of 20 minutes.This means that astronauts will have to wait 20 minutes for a reply,when an emergency happens.
“When you’re living with others in a confined space for a long period of time,such as on a mission to Mars,problems are likely to occur,” Jeffrey Johnson,a scientist at the University of Florida,told The Guardian.
This is probably why NASA wants an astronaut with a sense of humour.“These are people that have the ability to pull everyone together,” Johnson said.
In stressful situations,perhaps humour is a way to know we aren’t alone.By laughing together,we share our stress.Then we can focus on our jobs instead of just worrying.
There are other examples of team “clowns”.One example is the journey to the South Pole (南极) led by Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen.It was a difficult journey,full of danger.Adolf Lindstrom,a cook at Amundsen’s team,was a “clown”.He made people laugh through the whole journey.Amundsen later wrote that Lindstrom was the most valuable member of the team.
But if you’re hoping that your favourite TV comedian will fly to Mars,that probably won’t happen.
“Being funny won’t be enough to land somebody the job,” Johnson said.“They also need to be an excellent scientist and engineer.”
Besides,they must be in top physical condition.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了美国宇航局正在寻找一位“小丑”与宇航员一起执行火星任务,并解释了团队中有一个幽默风趣的人的重要性。
1.What is NASA’s new job listing
A.A funny engineer.
B.A talented clown.
C.A good cook.
D.A popular comedian.
答案　A
解析　[细节理解题。根据第一段中的“The US space agency is looking for a ‘joker’ to join their planned mission to Mars.”及倒数第二段“They also need to be an excellent scientist and engineer.”可知,这个“小丑”不但幽默,还应是一名优秀的科学家或工程师。故选A项。]
2.What does “a confined space” in paragraph 3 refer to
A.A crowded space.
B.An empty space.
C.An open space.
D.A small space.
答案　D
解析　[词义猜测题。根据第二段中的“A trip there would take around eight months in a small spacecraft.”可知,去火星需要乘坐小型宇宙飞船,因此画线部分a confined space指的是上文提到的“小型宇宙飞船”中的空间,即“狭小的空间”。故选D项。]
3.How does the author think humour can help astronauts
A.It can stop them from feeling worried.
B.It can encourage teamwork on a mission.
C.It can help them feel less homesick.
D.It can help them know themselves better.
答案　B
解析　[细节理解题。根据第四段中的“These are people that have the ability to pull everyone together”可知,幽默可以让队员团结一心,促进团队合作。故选B项。]
4.What’s the purpose for the writer to use the example of a cook in paragraph 6
A.To show the explorers’ meals on their journey are very important.
B.To show humorous people can cheer up people in difficult situations.
C.To show a cook can play a more important role than the explorers.
D.To show the journey to the South Pole is harder than the mission to Mars.
答案　B
解析　[推理判断题。根据第六段中的“It was a difficult journey,full of danger...the most valuable member of the team.”可知,本段以阿道夫为例来证明幽默的人可以在困境中振奋人心。故选B项。]
Ⅱ.七选五(每小题2.5分,共12.5分)
What’s your feeling if your friend recommends a comedy class to you,implying that you lack a sense of humor I would feel depressed.　1　
Yet according to Jennifer Aaker and Naomi Bagdonas,humor is not something you are born with or without.　2　 What’s more,finding our funny sides makes us appear more competent and confident,strengthens relationships,unlocks creativity,and makes us more likable.It helps in any life situation.　3　
I turned to Aaker and Bagdonas and they agreed to teach me how to find my funny bones.In our first call,we discuss the common misconceptions that stop many of us in our comedy tracks.The first,Aaker says,is the belief that humor has no place in certain situations,especially at work.　4　 But 98% of the top executives say they prefer employees with a sense of humor and 84% of bosses believe those employees do better work.
They are so convinced of the power of humor that they also advocate its ability to help people avoid difficult situations.　5　 Research shows that people who watch a funny video before trying to solve a puzzle are twice as likely to be successful and when we do make mistakes,learning to laugh at them can have a positive impact on our psychology.It takes off the pressure and if you show colleagues that you aren’t afraid to laugh at your own mistakes,they’ll feel safer owning up to theirs.
A.Rather,it can be developed gradually.
B.We worry about not being taken seriously.
C.If you feel uncomfortable making the jokes,leave them to someone else.
D.Every joke follows the fundamental structure of set up and punch line.
E.This explains why people eagerly sign up for the humor course.
F.Some people just aren’t funny and I’m one of them.
G.Humor has been proved to increase creativity.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了幽默的好处。
1.F
解析　[上文指出作者感觉很沮丧,空处应该是解释作者为什么沮丧,F选项“有些人就是不好笑,而我就是其中之一”符合题意。故选F项。]
2.A
解析　[由上文可知,幽默不是与生俱来的,空处应该是说明幽默是可以逐渐培养的,A选项“相反,它可以逐步发展”符合题意。故选A项。]
3.E
解析　[由上文可知,此处介绍了幽默的好处,因为幽默有这么多好处,所以人们才愿意报一些幽默课程,E选项“这就解释了为什么人们会急切地报名参加幽默课程”承接上文,和上文构成因果关系。故选E项。]
4.B
解析　[由上文可知,阿克说第一个误区是幽默在某些情况下没有立足之地,尤其是在工作中,空处应该是解释为什么会有这一误区,B选项“我们担心别人不把我们当回事”符合题意,即在某些情况下人们是不能幽默的,因为我们担心说一些幽默的话,别人会不把我们当回事。故选B项。]
5.G
解析　[由下文可知,幽默能使人们更有可能获得成功,G选项“幽默已经被证明可以提高创造力”对下文进行总结,指出幽默的好处,其中“proved”和下文“Research shows”相呼应。故选G项。]
Ⅲ.语法填空(每小题1.5分,共15分)
Chinese food has become a fundamental part of American culture.This journey began in the mid-1800s 1.　　　　　　 Chinese immigrants arrived in the United States.At the time,America lacked a strong national food identity,2.　　　　　　 China,which had a rich culinary (烹饪的) history.Chinese immigrants brought their cooking skills and traditions with them.
In the 20th century,a dish called Chop Suey became 3.　　　　　　 (huge) popular.Meaning “odds and ends”,it was a stir-fry of meat,eggs,and vegetables,4.　　　　　　 (serve) with rice.This dish is a classic example of Chinese-American fusion (融合),created 5.　　　　　　 (suit) local tastes.Cheap and 6.　　　　　　 (taste),these restaurants became 7.　　　　　　 (favorite) in cities.Despite their popularity,the number of Chinese restaurants was limited.
8.　　　　　　 major turning point was a change in U.S.immigration laws,which brought chefs from different regions,introducing Americans to diverse styles like Sichuan and Hunan cuisine.
The result is a lasting culinary legacy.Today,there are over 45,000 Chinese restaurants in the U.S.,a number that 9.　　　　　　 (be) more than all the major American fast-food chains combined.As one commentator noted,there’s “nothing so all-American as Chinese food”,10.　　　　　　 (prove) it is now a staple (主要食物) of the national diet.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍中餐融入美国文化的发展历程、代表菜品及移民政策对其推广的影响。
1.答案　when
解析　[考查定语从句。句意:这段历程始于19世纪中期,彼时中国移民抵达美国。此处为关系词引导的定语从句,先行词为the mid-1800s,表时间,在从句中作时间状语,用关系副词when。故填when。]
2.答案　unlike
解析　[考查介词。句意:当时美国缺乏鲜明的本土饮食特色,这一点与拥有深厚烹饪历史的中国不同。此处表示对比关系,意为“与……不同”,用介词unlike。故填unlike。]
3.答案　hugely
解析　[考查词性转换。句意:20世纪时,一道名为“杂碎”的菜肴变得极其受欢迎。此处修饰形容词popular,用huge的副词形式hugely,意为“极其,非常”。故填hugely。]
4.答案　served
解析　[考查非谓语动词。句意:这道菜意为“杂烩”,是将肉、鸡蛋和蔬菜一起翻炒而成,搭配米饭食用。此处为非谓语动词作状语,it(指代Chop Suey)与serve为被动关系,意为“被供应”,用过去分词served。故填served。]
5.答案　to suit
解析　[考查非谓语动词。句意:这道菜是中美融合菜的经典代表,其创制是为了迎合当地人的口味。此处为非谓语动词作状语,结合句意,此处表示目的,所以使用动词不定式to suit作目的状语。故填to suit。]
6.答案　tasty
解析　[考查词性转换。句意:这些餐馆的菜品物美价廉,因此成了城市里备受青睐的去处。此处与Cheap并列作状语,用taste的形容词形式tasty,意为“美味的”。故填tasty。]
7.答案　favorites
解析　[考查名词的单复数。句意:这些餐馆的菜品物美价廉,因此成了城市里备受青睐的去处。此处作became的表语,结合语境指“受欢迎的事物(餐馆)”,用favorite的复数形式favorites。故填favorites。]
8.答案　A
解析　[考查冠词。句意:一个重要的转折点是美国移民法的一项变革,这项变革吸引了来自中国不同地区的厨师,让美国人接触到川菜、湘菜等丰富多样的菜系。此处泛指“一个重要的转折点”,major是以辅音音素开头的单词,用不定冠词a,位于句首字母需大写。故填A。]
9.答案　is
解析　[考查动词的时态和主谓一致。句意:如今,美国有超过4.5万家中餐馆,这一数量超过了美国所有主流快餐连锁店的总和。此处为定语从句的谓语动词,描述客观事实用一般现在时,先行词a number为单数,所以谓语动词用is。故填is。]
10.答案　proving
解析　[考查非谓语动词。句意:正如一位评论员所言,“没有什么比中餐更具美国特色了”,这一说法印证了中餐如今已成为美国国民饮食的重要组成部分。此处为非谓语动词作状语,“nothing so all-American as Chinese food”与prove为主动关系,用动词-ing形式proving。故填proving。](共81张PPT)
Part 3　Grammar——进行时态
内
容
索
引
课时精练
语法图解
要点诠释
一、现在完成进行时
1.现在完成进行时的构成
[先感知]
①For some time,they have been hoping for better-quality artificial limbs.(译林选二U3)
一段时间以来,他们一直希望能有质量更好的假肢。
②The company has been making herbal medicines for more than 100 years.(译林选二U3)
这家公司生产草药已有100多年的历史。
[会发现]　以上句中加黑部分使用了　　　　　　　　　　　　,其基本结构为:have/has+been+动词-ing形式,表示从过去某一时间开始持续到现在的动作,该动作可能仍在进行中。
[明规则]　现在完成进行时的构成
(1)构成形式:have/has+been+动词-ing形式。(第一人称、第二人称单复数、第三人称复数用have,第三人称单数用has)
(2)否定形式:主语+have/has not+been+动词-ing形式。(have not可缩写haven’t,has not可缩写为hasn’t)
(3)一般疑问句形式:Have/Has+主语+been+动词-ing形式
(4)特殊疑问句形式:特殊疑问词+have/has+主语+been+动词-ing形式
现在完成进行时
[再运用]　完成句子/句式变换
have been studying
①The scientists 　　　　　　　　　　 the new virus for half a year.
科学家们研究这种新病毒已经有半年了。
②He 　　　　　　　　　 　 the piano since last week.
自从上周以来他就一直没练钢琴。
③How long 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 us here
她已经在这儿等我们多久了
hasn’t been practicing
has she been waiting for
④They have been building the new bridge for two years.
→　　　　　　　　　　　　　 the new bridge for two years
(变为一般疑问句)
→They 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　the new bridge for two years.
(变为否定句)
Have they been building
haven’t been building
2.现在完成进行时的基本用法
[先感知]　
①The train has been racing along steadily since it left Xining.
(外研选一U6)
火车离开西宁后,全程都在平稳快速地行驶。
②Wild animals such as these Tibetan antelopes have now been using these passages for years.(外研选一U6)
像藏羚羊这样的野生动物多年来一直在使用这些通道。
③An expedition to the South Pole with the great Sir Ernest Shackleton—this is the adventure that I have been dreaming of.And I was ready for it.(人教选三U4)
和伟大的欧内斯特·沙克尔顿爵士一起远征南极——这是我一直以来梦寐以求的探险。我已经做好了准备。
④I have been waiting for two hours to see the doctor but it is still not my turn yet.(译林选二U3)
我等医生已经等了两个小时了,但还没轮到我。
[会发现]　句　　　　　　表示动作从过去某一时刻开始一直持续到现在并有可能延续下去,更强调动作的延续性;句　　　　表示动作的反复性;句　　　　表示某种感彩。
[明规则]　现在完成进行时的基本用法
(1)表示动作从过去某一时刻开始一直持续到现在并有可能延续下去,更强调动作的延续性,常与for、since等引出的时间状语以及all the time、all the morning、these few days、all night等表示一段时间的状语连用。
①②
③
④
(2)表示动作的反复性。
(3)表示某种感彩。
[名师指津]　
表示状态的动词不能用于现在完成进行时。
我认识他已经好几年了。
I have known him for years.(√)
I have been knowing him for years.(×)
[再运用]　单句语法填空
①The little boy 　　　　　　　　　 (cry) for ten minutes because he can’t find his mother.
②She 　　　　　　　　　　 (learn) English since she was five years old,so her oral English is very good.
③My father 　　　　　　　　　　　　 (repair) the car all the morning,and he hasn’t finished it yet.
has been crying
has been learning
has been repairing
④The researchers 　　　　　　　　 　 (study) the relationship between sleep and health for several years,and they will publish their findings soon.
⑤He 　　　　　　　　　　 (work) in this company since he graduated from college,and he still loves his job now.
have been studying
has been working
3.现在完成进行时和现在完成时的区别
[先感知]
①He has written a letter.
他写了一封信。(信已写好)
②He has been writing a letter.
他一直在写一封信。(信尚未完成)
③Have you met him recently
你最近见过他吗 (现实结果)
④Have you been meeting him recently
你最近常和他见面吗 (动作的反复)
⑤My father has lost his keys.
我父亲把钥匙丢了。(陈述事实)
⑥My father has always been losing his keys.
我父亲总是丢钥匙。(有“责怪或无奈”之意)
[会发现]　句①②对比,现在完成时表示动作已　　　　,产生明确结果;现在完成进行时表示动作持续进行且　　　　　　　　。句③④对比,现在完成时侧重动作带来的现实　　　　;现在完成进行时侧重动作在近期　　　　　　　　。句⑤⑥对比,现在完成时单纯陈述　　　　　　　　, 无主观情感;现在完成进行时可表示动作反复发生,且常带有说话人的　　　　　　　　(责怪、无奈等)。
完成
尚未完成
结果
反复发生
客观事实
主观情感
[明规则]
时态 基本语法功能 动作的反复 感彩
现在完成进行时 表示动作的持续 可表示动作的反复 可表示强烈的感彩
现在完成时 表示动作对现在的影响或产生的结果 不表示动作的反复 一般不含有感彩
[再运用]　单句语法填空/完成句子
①That famous painting has been missing for two weeks now.The police 　　　　　　　　　　　　(look) for it.
②I 　　 　　 　(write) the book,but I still _________________
(not finish) it.
③He 　　　　　　never 　　　　　　(learn) to drive a car because he lives in a big city with convenient public transport.
have been looking
have been writing
haven’t finished
has
learnt
④All the students 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
to be organized by our class.
所有学生都在期待我们班将组织的周末野餐。
⑤Now that Lucy is out of work,she 　　　　　　　
to school,but she 　　　　　　　　　　　　yet.
既然露西失业了,她一直在考虑重返学校,但她还没有决定。
have been looking forward to the weekend picnic
has been considering going back
hasn’t decided
二、过去完成进行时
1.过去完成进行时的构成
过去完成进行时
[先感知]　He came back late because he had been waiting for her for two hours. 他回来得晚,因为他一直等了她两个小时。
[会发现]　以上句中加黑部分使用了　　　　　　　　　　,其基本结构为:　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　,表示在过去某个动作或时间点之前,就已经开始并持续进行的动作。过去完成进行时的构成:
　　　　　　　　　 　　。
had+been+动词-ing形式
had+been+动词-ing形式
[明规则]　过去完成进行时的构成
(1)构成形式:主语+had+been+动词-ing形式……(无人称和数的变化,所有人称单复数均用had)
(2)否定形式:主语+had not+been+动词-ing形式……(had not可缩写为hadn’t)
(3)一般疑问句形式:Had+主语+been+动词-ing形式……
(4)特殊疑问句形式:特殊疑问词+had+主语+been+动词-ing形式……
[再运用]　完成句子/句式变换
①The workers 　　　 　　　　　　　　　　　 　 for three months before the heavy rain came.
大雨来临前,工人们修建这条路已经有三个月了。
②He 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 before the school concert started.
校园音乐会开始前,他一直没练习吉他。
had been building the road
hadn’t been practicing the guitar
③The writer 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 for five years before it was published.
这本小说出版前,作者已经写了五年了。
④　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 French before she went to Paris
琳达去巴黎之前,学法语已经学了多久了
had been writing the novel
How long had Linda been learning
⑤They had been talking about the travel plan for an hour before the manager came in.
→　　　　　　　　　　　　　 about the travel plan for an hour before the manager came in (变为一般疑问句)
→They 　　　　　　　　　　　 about the travel plan for an hour before the manager came in.(变为否定句)
Had they been talking
hadn’t been talking
2.过去完成进行时的基本用法
[先感知]　
①They had been building the road by the end of last month.
到上个月月末为止他们一直在修建这条路。
②He had been studying English for three years before he went abroad.
在他出国之前,他学习英语已三年了。
[会发现]　句①表示到过去某个特定　　　　　　 为止,动作从更早的过去开始并持续进行至该时间点;句②表示在过去某个具体
　　　　发生之前,另一动作已经从更早的过去开始并持续了一段时间。两句均体现动作发生在“过去的过去”,且具有明显的　　　　　　,常搭配表过去的时间状语或过去动作的从句。
时间点
动作
持续性
[明规则]　过去完成进行时的基本用法
过去完成进行时表示在过去某时或者某个动作之前一直进行的动作,暗示该动作持续到过去某时或过去某个动作发生时,且还可能持续下去,常与by引出的时间状语、before或when引导的从句(从句用一般过去时)、表示一段时间的状语(如for hours、all these days)等连用。
[再运用]　单句语法填空/完成句子
①The students 　　　　　　　　　　 (prepare) for the exam for a week before the final test began.
②He was out of breath because he 　　　　　　　　　　　　(run) all the way to the station.
③She was very tired.She 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 all day.
她很累了。她整天都在工作。
had been preparing
had been running
had been working
三、将来进行时
1.将来进行时的构成
[先感知]　
①I will be giving a talk on artificial intelligence from 2 to 3 p.m. tomorrow.I really feel nervous.(译林选二U4)
明天下午2点到3点,我将做一个关于人工智能的演讲。我真的很紧张。
②We shall be flying to Beijing this time the day after tomorrow.
后天这个时候,我们将正飞往北京。
[会发现]　以上句中加黑部分使用了　　　　　　　　　　,其基本结构为:　　　　　　　　　　　　　　,主要表示将来某个特定时间点或时间段内正在进行的动作,shall多搭配第一人称I/we使用,will可通用于所有人称。
将来进行时的构成:　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　。
将来进行时
will/shall+be+动词-ing形式
will/shall+be+动词-ing形式
[明规则]　将来进行时的构成
(1)构成形式:主语+shall/will+be+动词-ing形式……(第一人称I/we可用shall,所有人称均可用will,日常表达中will更通用)
(2)否定形式:主语+shall/will not+be+动词-ing形式……(will not缩写为won’t,shall not缩写为shan’t,shan’t 较少用)
(3)一般疑问句形式:Shall/Will+主语+be+动词-ing形式……
(4)特殊疑问句形式:特殊疑问词+shall/will+主语+be+动词-ing形式……
[再运用]　完成句子/句式变换
①The teachers 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 from 2 to 4 this Friday afternoon.
本周五下午 2 点到 4 点,老师们将正在开会。
②I 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　at 9 o’clock tonight because I have to study.
今晚 9 点我不会在看电视,因为我得学习。
③　　　　　　　　　　　　 at 8 o’clock tomorrow morning
明天早上 8 点你将正在做什么
will be having a meeting
won’t be watching TV
What will you be doing
④They will be planting trees in the park this time tomorrow.
→　　　　　　　　　 　　 in the park this time tomorrow
(变为一般疑问句)
→They 　　　　　 　　　　　　　in the park this time tomorrow.
(变为否定句)
Will they be planting trees
won’t be planting trees
2.将来进行时的基本用法
[先感知]　
①This time tomorrow I will be seeing the new members of the club.Can you come along (译林选二U4)
明天这个时候,我将会见俱乐部的新成员。你能一起来吗
②Sorry,I will be giving a lecture at that time.How about tomorrow morning (译林选二U4)
对不起,那个时候我正在讲课。明天上午怎么样
③Do you think you will still be doing the same job in ten years’ time (人教选一U2)
你认为十年后你还会做同样的工作吗
④Will you be visiting the science exhibition next month (译林选二U4)
下个月你会去参观科学展览吗
[会发现]　句　　　　表示将来某一时间段内正在进行的动作;句
　　　　表示安排好要发生的动作;句　　　　表示预测可能会发生
的事;句　　　　表示委婉的语气。
[明规则]　将来进行时的基本用法
(1)表示将来某一时间段内或某一时刻正在进行的动作或存在的状态,常与将来的时间状语连用。
(2)表示已经决定或安排好要发生的动作。
(3)表示预测可能会发生的事。
(4)将来进行时用于疑问句、条件状语从句或I hope/think等的宾语从句中,表示亲切或委婉的语气。
①
②
③
④
[再运用]　单句语法填空
① She 　　　　　　　　　　(have) an English class at 9 o’clock tomorrow morning,so she will miss the morning meeting.
②At ten o’clock tomorrow,she 　　　　　　　　(work) in her office.
③If you plant watermelon seeds in spring,you 　　　　　　　(eat) fresh watermelon in summer.
④Professor Wang 　　　　　　　　　　(give) another report on this subject at the same time next week.
⑤I can’t go to the cinema with you at 3 o’clock this afternoon because I 　　　　　　　　　　(have) a meeting at that time.
will be having
will be working
will be eating
will be giving
will be having
3.将来进行时与一般将来时的区别
[先感知]　
①Next month I’ll go on holiday to a coastal city.I will be lying on the beach,sunbathing,or swimming in the sea.(人教选一U2)
下个月我要去一个沿海城市度假。我会躺在沙滩上,晒日光浴,或者在海里游泳。
②It is a terribly heavy box.Don’t worry,I’ll help you to carry it.
这是一个很重的箱子。别担心,我会帮你搬它。
③It will be snowing now in London.
现在伦敦可能正在下雪。
④Tom is going to cut the grass tomorrow.
汤姆打算明天去割草。
[会发现]　句　　　　表示将来正在进行的动作;句　　　　表示临时决定;句　　　　强调主观臆断或猜测;句　　　　表示计划、打算或安排。
①
②
③
④
[明规则]　 将来进行时与一般将来时的区别
(1)将来进行时表示将来某一时刻正在进行的动作,而一般将来时表示将来要做的事,事先没有考虑而只是在说话时做出的临时决定或表示事物的倾向性、规律性和习惯等。
(2)be going to do表示计划、打算或安排要发生或有种种迹象表明将要发生的事,而将来进行时表示主观臆断或猜测要发生某事。
[再运用]　单句语法填空/完成句子
①When he comes to my house tomorrow,I 　　　　　　　　(write) the report.
②Don’t phone me between 8:00 and 10:00.We 　 　　(have) classes then.
③I think that she 　　　　　　　　　　(work) on this experiment until tomorrow morning.
will be writing
will be having
will be working
④Look at the lightning in the sky.It 　　　　　　　　　　soon,I’m afraid.
看看天空中的闪电,恐怕很快就要下雨了。
⑤You 　　　　　　　　　　if you take the medicine.
如果你吃了药,你会感觉好一些。
is going to rain
will feel better
课 时 精 练
基础语境练
素能提升练
[基础语境练]
维度一　基础填空题(每小题1分,共10分)
1.Dr.Li,as well as her parents,　　　　　　　　　　　　(are working/has been working) hard to treat patients and develop medicines over the past two months.
2.I haven’t finished my composition.I 　　　　 　　(have written it/have been writing it) for two hours and a half.
has been working
have been writing it
3.Peter 　　　　　　　　　　　　 (has read/has been reading) a book in the reading room all morning;it must be very interesting.
4.Lucy 　　　　　　　　　　　　 (has been having/had had) guitar lessons for three years,but now she is practising piano.
5.My neighbor still cut down their beautiful cherry tree as they said it
　　　　　　　　 　 (has blocked/had been blocking) out the sun.
6.By the time I arrived at the cinema,Judy___________________________
(had been waiting/has been waiting) for twenty minutes.
has been reading
has been having
had been blocking
had been waiting
7.To my great joy,I got a chance to take a photo with Andy after the concert,which I 　　　　　　　　　　　　 (was looking/had been looking) forward to for years.
8.Debbie couldn’t understand why her computer crashed,for it
　　　　　　　　　　　　 (has been working/had been working) perfectly for as long as she could remember.
had been looking
had been working
9.I’m afraid Mr.Bean won’t be available then.He ____________________
(will be seeing/would see) a friend off at 4:30 this afternoon.
10.Jane can’t attend the meeting at 3 o’clock this afternoon because she 　　　　　　　　　　　　 (will be teaching/was teaching) a class at that time.
will be seeing
will be teaching
维度二　单句语法填空(每小题1分,共10分)
1.All my classmates 　　　　　　　　　　　　(work) hard since we knew the final exam was coming.
2.I 　　　　　　　　　　　　(play) football all the morning,so I’m sweating heavily.
3.All the students 　　　　　　　　　　　　(look)forward to the school trip to the museum.
have been working
have been playing
have been looking
4.I think that she 　　　　　　　　　　(work) on this experiment until tomorrow morning.
5.Premier Li 　　　　　　　　　　　　(make)a speech on TV at 8 pm on Friday evening.
6.So far I 　　　　　　　　　　(visit) many places of interest,but the West Lake is my favorite.
7.Great changes 　　　　　　　　　　(take) place in my hometown in the past ten years.
will be working
will be making
have visited
have taken
8.She 　　　　　　　　　　　　(recite) the poem at nine o’clock yesterday.
9.When I first met Jane,she 　　　　　　　　　　　　(work) in that school for 10 years.
10.It 　　　　　　　　　　　　(rain) for a long time before you shut the window.
was reciting
had been working
had been raining
维度三　语法与写作(每小题2分,共10分)
1.He 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 　 before he came to England.
在他来到英国之前,他已经学了很多年英语了。
2.Professor Smith 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
at the same time next week.
史密斯教授将在下周的同一时间就这个话题再做一份报告。
had been learning English for many years
will be giving another report on this subject
3.Since the Chinese New Year,the number of bikes 　　　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　.
自春节以来,自行车的数量一直迅速增长。
4.At the moment,my mountain bike 　　　　　　　　　　 　
and I have to go to school on foot.
目前,我的山地车正在被修理,我不得不步行去上学。
5.An English speech competition 　　　　　　　　　　 　
next Sunday.下周天将在报告厅举行英语演讲比赛。
has been
growing rapidly
is being repaired
will be held in the lecture hall
维度四　语法与语篇(每小题2分,共10分)
As far as I know,1.　　　 　　　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　(你已经学了很多年的中文) before you came to China.And ever since you came into our university, 2.　　　　　　　　　　　　 　　 　　　　　　　　　　　
(你一直致力于探索) more advanced Chinese culture.I am firmly convinced that you must have a good command of Chinese.
you had been learning Chinese
for many years
you have been devoting yourself to exploring
So 3.　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 　
(我写信邀请你参加) a Chinese speech competition which will be held by the Students’ Council.Many foreign students 4.　　　　　 　　　
　　　 　　　　　　　　　(将聚集到一起展示自己的才华) at this time.We 5.　　　　　　　　　　 　
(真诚期待你的参加).
I am writing to invite you to take part in
will be gathering
and showing their talents
are sincerely looking forward to your participation
[素能提升练]
Ⅰ.阅读理解(每小题2.5分,共10分)
NASA has a new job listing,and it’s no joke.The US space agency is looking for a “joker” to join their planned mission to Mars.
A mission to Mars is no laughing matter.On average,the red planet is 140 million miles (225 million kilometers) away from Earth.A trip there would take around eight months in a small spacecraft.And Mars has a communications delay of 20 minutes.This means that astronauts will have to wait 20 minutes for a reply,when an emergency happens.
“When you’re living with others in a confined space for a long period of time,such as on a mission to Mars,problems are likely to occur,” Jeffrey Johnson,a scientist at the University of Florida,told The Guardian.
This is probably why NASA wants an astronaut with a sense of humour.“These are people that have the ability to pull everyone together,” Johnson said.
In stressful situations,perhaps humour is a way to know we aren’t alone.By laughing together,we share our stress.Then we can focus on our jobs instead of just worrying.
There are other examples of team “clowns”.One example is the journey to the South Pole (南极) led by Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen.It was a difficult journey,full of danger.Adolf Lindstrom,a cook at Amundsen’s team,was a “clown”.He made people laugh through the whole journey.Amundsen later wrote that Lindstrom was the most valuable member of the team.
But if you’re hoping that your favourite TV comedian will fly to Mars,that probably won’t happen.
“Being funny won’t be enough to land somebody the job,” Johnson said.“They also need to be an excellent scientist and engineer.”
Besides,they must be in top physical condition.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了美国宇航局正在寻找一位“小丑”与宇航员一起执行火星任务,并解释了团队中有一个幽默风趣的人的重要性。
1.What is NASA’s new job listing
A.A funny engineer. B.A talented clown.
C.A good cook. D.A popular comedian.
解析　细节理解题。根据第一段中的“The US space agency is looking for a ‘joker’ to join their planned mission to Mars.”及倒数第二段“They also need to be an excellent scientist and engineer.”可知,这个“小丑”不但幽默,还应是一名优秀的科学家或工程师。故选A项。
√
2.What does “a confined space” in paragraph 3 refer to
A.A crowded space. B.An empty space.
C.An open space. D.A small space.
解析　词义猜测题。根据第二段中的“A trip there would take around eight months in a small spacecraft.”可知,去火星需要乘坐小型宇宙飞船,因此画线部分a confined space指的是上文提到的“小型宇宙飞船”中的空间,即“狭小的空间”。故选D项。
√
3.How does the author think humour can help astronauts
A.It can stop them from feeling worried.
B.It can encourage teamwork on a mission.
C.It can help them feel less homesick.
D.It can help them know themselves better.
解析　细节理解题。根据第四段中的“These are people that have the ability to pull everyone together”可知,幽默可以让队员团结一心,促进团队合作。故选B项。
√
4.What’s the purpose for the writer to use the example of a cook in
paragraph 6
A.To show the explorers’ meals on their journey are very important.
B.To show humorous people can cheer up people in difficult situations.
C.To show a cook can play a more important role than the explorers.
D.To show the journey to the South Pole is harder than the mission to Mars.
√
解析　推理判断题。根据第六段中的“It was a difficult journey,full of danger...the most valuable member of the team.”可知,本段以阿道夫为例来证明幽默的人可以在困境中振奋人心。故选B项。
Ⅱ.七选五(每小题2.5分,共12.5分)
What’s your feeling if your friend recommends a comedy class to you,implying that you lack a sense of humor I would feel depressed.
　1　
Yet according to Jennifer Aaker and Naomi Bagdonas,humor is not something you are born with or without.　2　 What’s more,finding our funny sides makes us appear more competent and confident,strengthens relationships,unlocks creativity,and makes us more likable.It helps in any life situation.　3　
I turned to Aaker and Bagdonas and they agreed to teach me how to find my funny bones.In our first call,we discuss the common misconceptions that stop many of us in our comedy tracks.The first,Aaker says,is the belief that humor has no place in certain situations,especially at work.　4　 But 98% of the top executives say they prefer employees with a sense of humor and 84% of bosses believe those employees do better work.
They are so convinced of the power of humor that they also advocate its ability to help people avoid difficult situations.
　5　 Research shows that people who watch a funny video before trying to solve a puzzle are twice as likely to be successful and when we do make mistakes,learning to laugh at them can have a positive impact on our psychology.It takes off the pressure and if you show colleagues that you aren’t afraid to laugh at your own mistakes,they’ll feel safer owning up to theirs.
A.Rather,it can be developed gradually.
B.We worry about not being taken seriously.
C.If you feel uncomfortable making the jokes,leave them to someone else.
D.Every joke follows the fundamental structure of set up and punch line.
E.This explains why people eagerly sign up for the humor course.
F.Some people just aren’t funny and I’m one of them.
G.Humor has been proved to increase creativity.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了幽默的好处。
1.F　[上文指出作者感觉很沮丧,空处应该是解释作者为什么沮丧,F选项“有些人就是不好笑,而我就是其中之一”符合题意。故选F项。]
2.A　[由上文可知,幽默不是与生俱来的,空处应该是说明幽默是可以逐渐培养的,A选项“相反,它可以逐步发展”符合题意。故选A项。]
3.E　[由上文可知,此处介绍了幽默的好处,因为幽默有这么多好处,所以人们才愿意报一些幽默课程,E选项“这就解释了为什么人们会急切地报名参加幽默课程”承接上文,和上文构成因果关系。故选
E项。]
4.B　[由上文可知,阿克说第一个误区是幽默在某些情况下没有立足之地,尤其是在工作中,空处应该是解释为什么会有这一误区,B选项“我们担心别人不把我们当回事”符合题意,即在某些情况下人们是不能幽默的,因为我们担心说一些幽默的话,别人会不把我们当回事。故选B项。]
5.G　[由下文可知,幽默能使人们更有可能获得成功,G选项“幽默已经被证明可以提高创造力”对下文进行总结,指出幽默的好处,其中“proved”和下文“Research shows”相呼应。故选G项。]
Ⅲ.语法填空(每小题1.5分,共15分)
Chinese food has become a fundamental part of American culture.This journey began in the mid-1800s 1.　　　　　　 Chinese immigrants arrived in the United States.At the time,America lacked a strong national food identity,2.　　　　　　 China,which had a rich culinary (烹饪的) history.Chinese immigrants brought their cooking skills and traditions with them.
In the 20th century,a dish called Chop Suey became
3.　　　　　　 (huge) popular.Meaning “odds and ends”,it was a stir-fry of meat,eggs,and vegetables,4.　　　　　　 (serve) with rice.This dish is a classic example of Chinese-American fusion (融合),created
5.　　　　　 (suit) local tastes.Cheap and 6.　　　　　　 (taste), these restaurants became 7.　　　　　　 (favorite) in cities.Despite their popularity,the number of Chinese restaurants was limited.
8.　　　　　　 major turning point was a change in U.S. immigration laws,which brought chefs from different regions, introducing Americans to diverse styles like Sichuan and Hunan cuisine.
The result is a lasting culinary legacy.Today,there are over 45,000 Chinese restaurants in the U.S.,a number that 9.　　　　　　 (be) more than all the major American fast-food chains combined.As one commentator noted,there’s “nothing so all-American as Chinese food”, 10.　　　　　　 (prove) it is now a staple (主要食物) of the national diet.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍中餐融入美国文化的发展历程、代表菜品及移民政策对其推广的影响。
1.when　[考查定语从句。句意:这段历程始于19世纪中期,彼时中国移民抵达美国。此处为关系词引导的定语从句,先行词为the mid-1800s,表时间,在从句中作时间状语,用关系副词when。故填when。]
2.unlike　[考查介词。句意:当时美国缺乏鲜明的本土饮食特色,这一点与拥有深厚烹饪历史的中国不同。此处表示对比关系,意为“与……不同”,用介词unlike。故填unlike。]
3.hugely　[考查词性转换。句意:20世纪时,一道名为“杂碎”的菜肴变得极其受欢迎。此处修饰形容词popular,用huge的副词形式hugely,意为“极其,非常”。故填hugely。]
4.served　[考查非谓语动词。句意:这道菜意为“杂烩”,是将肉、鸡蛋和蔬菜一起翻炒而成,搭配米饭食用。此处为非谓语动词作状语,it(指代Chop Suey)与serve为被动关系,意为“被供应”,用过去分词served。故填served。]
5.to suit　[考查非谓语动词。句意:这道菜是中美融合菜的经典代表,其创制是为了迎合当地人的口味。此处为非谓语动词作状语,结合句意,此处表示目的,所以使用动词不定式to suit作目的状语。故填to suit。]
6.tasty　[考查词性转换。句意:这些餐馆的菜品物美价廉,因此成了城市里备受青睐的去处。此处与Cheap并列作状语,用taste的形容词形式tasty,意为“美味的”。故填tasty。]
7.favorites　[考查名词的单复数。句意:这些餐馆的菜品物美价廉,因此成了城市里备受青睐的去处。此处作became的表语,结合语境指“受欢迎的事物(餐馆)”,用favorite的复数形式favorites。故填favorites。]
8.A　[考查冠词。句意:一个重要的转折点是美国移民法的一项变革,这项变革吸引了来自中国不同地区的厨师,让美国人接触到川菜、湘菜等丰富多样的菜系。此处泛指“一个重要的转折点”,major是以辅音音素开头的单词,用不定冠词a,位于句首字母需大写。故填A。]
9.is　[考查动词的时态和主谓一致。句意:如今,美国有超过4.5万家中餐馆,这一数量超过了美国所有主流快餐连锁店的总和。此处为定语从句的谓语动词,描述客观事实用一般现在时,先行词a number为单数,所以谓语动词用is。故填is。]
10.proving　[考查非谓语动词。句意:正如一位评论员所言,“没有什么比中餐更具美国特色了”,这一说法印证了中餐如今已成为美国国民饮食的重要组成部分。此处为非谓语动词作状语,“nothing so all-American as Chinese food”与prove为主动关系,用动词-ing形式proving。故填proving。]
Thanks！
本
讲
内
容
结
束Section Ⅱ　Lesson 1
Part 1　Reading Comprehension
Ⅰ.Read for the main idea
1.What is the main idea of the passage
A.Ways to create humorous stories easily.
B.Three funny stories about daily humor.
C.Famous people’s funny life experiences.
D.How to find humor in boring daily work.
答案　B
2.Match main ideas with each story
Story A　 A.The clown failed to cheer himself up.
Story B　 B.Sherlock Holmes found their tent was stolen at night.
Story C　 C.The owner used a saucer to sell many cats.
答案　Story A　C　Story B　B　Story C　A
Ⅱ.Read for details
Read the passage carefully and choose the best answers.
1.What did the famous art collector notice when he was walking through the city
A.A clean dog lapping milk from a saucer.
B.A dirty dog lapping milk from a saucer.
C.A clean cat lapping milk from a saucer.
D.A dirty cat lapping milk from a saucer.
2.The store owner refused to give away the saucer with the cat because 　　　　.
A.he loved the saucer
B.he,with the saucer,could make more money by selling more cats
C.he knew it was an antique
D.the money that the art collector offered was not enough
3.Sherlock and Dr.Watson saw millions of stars at night because 　　　　.
A.their tent was stolen
B.it would be a good day the next day
C.it was a good day that day
D.the time was probably a quarter past three
4.How did the middle-aged man feel when he went to the doctor
A.Depressed. B.Happy.
C.Excited. D.Angry.
5.What does the word “retired” mean in Story B
A.To stop doing one’s job.
B.To stop competing during a game,race,etc.
C.To go to bed.
D.To leave a place,especially to go somewhere quieter or more private.
答案　1.D　2.B　3.A　4.A　5.C
Ⅲ.难句解构
1.A famous art collector was walking through the city when he noticed a dirty cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store.
[学会断句]　本句中含有be doing...when...结构,表示“正在做……这时(突然)……”,此时的when为并列连词,动词-ing形式短语lapping milk作动词noticed的宾语补足语,构成notice sb/sth doing...结构。
尝试翻译:一个著名的艺术品收藏家在穿过城市时看见一只脏猫在一家商店门口舔饮浅碟中的牛奶。
2.He noticed that the saucer was an antique and very valuable,so he walked casually into the store and innocently offered to buy the cat for 20 dollars.
[学会断句]　这是一个并列复合句。so连接两个表因果关系的并列句,第一个分句中He noticed后是that引导的宾语从句。
尝试翻译:他注意到浅碟是件古董,很值钱,于是他漫不经心地走进店里,假装不知情的样子,提出要花20美元买那只猫。
Ⅳ.翻转课堂(课文语法填空)
A famous art collector was walking through the city 1.when he noticed a dirty cat lapping milk from a saucer in the doorway of a store.He 2.did(do) a double take.He noticed that the saucer was 3.an antique and very valuable,so he paid 200 dollars for that cat.However,when the collector asked for that old saucer,the owner said,“Sorry my friend,but that’s my lucky saucer.So far this week I 4.have sold(sell) 68 cats.”
Sherlock Holmes and Dr.Watson went on a camping trip and they went to sleep after a good dinner and a bottle of wine.Some hours later,Holmes woke up,5.asking(ask) his faithful friend to look up at the sky and tell him 6.what he saw.Watson saw millions of stars so he predicted that they 7.would have(have) a beautiful day the next day.Holmes was silent for a moment.“Watson,” he said,“someone has stolen our tent!”
After a middle-aged man had been feeling depressed for over a month,he decided 8.to go(go) to the doctor.He had to wait for what seemed like 9.ages(age) in the doctor’s surgery.Finally,he was called in for his consultation.The doctor started to examine him.“Well,everything is working OK,” she announced afterwards.Then she recommended an 10.amazing(amaze) clown who would really make the man laugh.Coincidentally,that clown was him.
[原文呈现] WHAT’S SO FUNNY
Story A
A famous art collector①was walking through the city when he noticed a dirty cat lapping② milk from a saucer③ in the doorway of④a store.[1] He did a double take⑤.
[1]句中含有be doing...when...结构,表示“正在做……这时(突然)……”。
He noticed that the saucer was an antique and very valuable,so he walked casually⑥ into the store and innocently⑦ offered to buy⑧ the cat for 20 dollars.
The store owner replied,“I’m sorry,but the cat isn’t for sale⑨.”
The collector said,“Please,I need a hungry cat with a good appetite⑩[2] around the house to catch mice.I’ll pay you 200 dollars for that cat.”
[2]此处with a good appetite在句中作定语,修饰cat。
The owner said “sold” and handed over the cat.
The collector continued,“Hey,for the 200 dollars I wonder if you could throw in that old saucer[3].The cat’s used to it and it’ll save me from having to get a dish.”
[3]句中if引导宾语从句,if可用whether代替。
And the owner said,“Sorry my friend,but that’s my lucky saucer.So far this week I’ve sold 68 cats.”
Story B
Sherlock Holmes and Dr.Watson went on a camping trip .After a good dinner and a bottle of wine ,they retired for the night,and went to sleep.
Some hours later,Holmes woke up and asked his faithful friend,“Watson,look up at the sky and tell me what you see[4].”
[4]此处为what引导的宾语从句。
“I see millions and millions of stars,Holmes,” replied Watson.
“And what do you deduce from that ”
Watson thought for a minute.“Well,according to the studies on astronomy ,it tells me that there are millions of galaxies and potentially billions of planets.According to the positions of the stars,I observe that Saturn is in Leo.According to the scientific measurement of time,I deduce that the time is probably a quarter past three.According to the current atmosphere,I forecast that we will have a beautiful day tomorrow[5].What does it tell you,Holmes ”
[5]此处为that引导的宾语从句。
Holmes was silent for a moment.“Watson,” he said,“someone has stolen our tent!”
Story C
A middle-aged man was feeling very down.Everything had been going wrong for him.[6]He had had problems at work and his wife had left him for another man.So,after he had been feeling depressed for over a month,he decided to go to the doctor.He had to wait for what seemed like ages in the doctor’s surgery [7].The bleeding man next to him was looking at his watch nervously;a woman was coughing and sneezing badly;and a baby was screaming.Finally,after he had been waiting for about half an hour,he was called in for his consultation.The doctor was writing a note at her desk when he came in.“Sorry,I’m just finishing something.I’m afraid we’ve been very busy this morning.” She then turned to the man.“So,what’s the problem ” she asked.
[6]此句为过去完成进行时。
[7]此处为what引导的宾语从句,what在从句中作主语。
“Well,I’ve been having a bit of a crisis,you know,lots of problems,” replied the man.“And I’ve been doing a lot of work.”
“Mmm,you’re looking very pale.” The doctor started to examine him.“Well,everything is working OK,” she announced afterwards.“You have slightly high blood pressure and you’re breathing quite heavily,but otherwise everything’s fine.”
“So what can I do ” asked the man.“I’m going on a trip soon.I will be working in the United States for three months.This time next week,I’ll be arriving in New York.”
The doctor thought for a while.“I think what you need is a good laugh[8].That would do you a lot of good.A circus is performing in town.Why don’t you go to see it I hear there’s an amazing clown who’ll really make you laugh[9].His name’s Grock.”
[8]此处为省略了连词that的宾语从句,其中what引导主语从句,what在主语从句中作need的宾语。
[9]此处为who引导的定语从句,从句中make you laugh为“谓语+复合宾语”结构。
“I am Grock,” replied the man sadly.
[名师圈点]
①collector /k lekt (r)/n.收藏家
②lap /l p/v.(动物)舔,舐
③saucer / s s /n.杯托
cups and saucers 茶杯和茶碟
④in the doorway of 在……的门口
doorway / d weI/ n.门口,出入口
⑤do a double take惊讶地又看了一眼
⑥casually / k u li/ adv.漫不经心地;非正式地
⑦innocently / n s ntli/ adv.装作若无其事地;无辜地
⑧offer to do sth 主动提出做某事
⑨for sale 待售,出售
⑩a good appetite 胃口好
appetite / pItaIt/ n.胃口,食欲
throw in 把……扔进……;添上;附带奉送,免费外加
be used to(=be accustomed to)
习惯于
so far 到目前为止
go on a camping trip 去野营
a bottle of wine 一瓶酒
wake up 醒来
faithful/ fe θf l/adj.忠诚的
millions and millions of
数以百万计的
deduce/d dju s/vt.推论,推断
deduce from 从……推断出
astronomy/ str n mi/n.天文学
millions of galaxies 数百万个星系
potentially/p ten li/ adv.可能地,潜在地
billions of planets 数十亿颗行星
measurement/ me m nt/ n.测量,计量,衡量
a quarter past three 三点一刻
feel down 感到沮丧
surgery/ s d ri/ n.诊所;外科手术
bleed/ bli d/vi.流血,出血
sneeze/sni z/vi.& n.打喷嚏
about half an hour 大约半小时
consultation/ k ns l te n/ n.就诊;咨询
a bit of a crisis 一点危机
look very pale 看起来很苍白
examine/ ɡ z m n/vt.检查
announce/ na ns/vt.宣布,宣告
have slightly high blood pressure血压有点高
[译文参考] 什么这么好笑
故事A
一个著名的艺术品收藏家在穿过城市时看见一只脏猫在一家商店门口舔饮浅碟中的牛奶。他惊讶地又看了一眼。
他注意到浅碟是件古董,很值钱,于是他漫不经心地走进店里,假装不知情的样子,提出要花20美元买那只猫。
店主回答说:“很抱歉,这只猫是不卖的。”
收藏家说:“拜托了,我正需要一只又饿、胃口又好的猫抓屋里的老鼠,我可以付你200美元买那只猫。”
店主说了声“成交”,就把猫给了他。
收藏家接着说:“嘿,200 美元的话我想你能不能把那个旧碟子也送给我。毕竟这只猫已经习惯了用它,这样也省得我再去买猫食盆了。”
店主说:“对不起,朋友,那可是我的幸运碟。到现在为止,这周我已经卖出去68 只猫了。”
故事B
夏洛克·福尔摩斯和华生医生去野营。他们吃了一顿丰盛的晚餐,喝了瓶酒,就准备休息,去睡觉了。
几小时后,福尔摩斯醒了,问他忠实的朋友:“华生,抬头看看天空,告诉我你看到了什么。”
“福尔摩斯,我看到无数的星星,”华生回答。
“那你从中推断出什么 ”
华生想了一会儿。“嗯,根据天文学研究推断,有数百万的星系,可能还有数十亿颗行星。根据星星的位置,我观察到土星在狮子座。根据科学计时测算,我推断现在大概是三点一刻。根据目前的大气条件,我预测明天天气会很好。福尔摩斯,你推断出了什么 ”
福尔摩斯沉默了一会儿。“华生,”他说,“有人偷了我们的帐篷!”
故事C
一个中年男子觉得非常沮丧。最近他诸事不顺。他在工作上遇到了问题,妻子为了另一个男人离开了他。这样,在沮丧了一个多月后,他决定去看医生。他在诊室里等着,像是等了很长时间。他旁边在流血的男人紧张地看着手表;一个女人使劲咳嗽、打喷嚏;还有个婴儿在哭闹。等了大约半小时后,终于叫到他就诊了。他进去时医生正在办公桌上写便条。“抱歉,我刚忙完别的事。恐怕我们今天上午很忙。”之后她转向这名男子问道,“所以,你怎么了 ”
“嗯,我最近遭遇了一点危机,你知道的,是出现了很多问题,”那人回答道,“而且我工作一直很忙。”
“嗯,你看起来很苍白。”医生开始给他检查。“嗯,一切正常,”她检查后说道,“除了血压有点高,呼吸有些沉重,其他方面都正常。”
“那我该怎么办 ”那人问道,“我很快就要出差了,要在美国连续工作三个月。下星期的这个时候,我就去纽约了。”
医生想了一会儿。“我觉得你需要开怀大笑。笑出来对你很有好处。城里刚好有马戏团表演,你怎么不去看看呢 我听说那里有个令人惊羡的小丑,他肯定能逗笑你。他的名字叫格罗克。”
“我就是格罗克,”那人悲伤地回答道。Section Ⅲ　Lesson 3
Part 1　Reading Comprehension
Ⅰ.Read for the main idea
1.Read the texts quickly and match the main idea with each text.
TEXT 1　A.The introduction to Rowan Atkinson.
TEXT 2　B.A funny story about Mr Bean that happened in a fancy restaurant.
答案　TEXT 1 B　TEXT 2 A
2.Read TEXT 1 and choose proper main idea for each paragraph.
Para.1　　 A.Introduction of Mr Bean
Paras. 2 & 3 B.The author’s feelings about
Mr Bean
Para.4　 C.The two scenes of Mr Bean at the fancy restaurant
答案　Para.1 A　Paras.2 & 3 C　Para.4 B
3.Read TEXT 2 and choose proper main idea for each paragraph.
Para.1　 A.His family background
Para.2　 B.The difference between Mr Bean and Rowan Atkinson
Para.3　 C.The reason for his unusual ways of speaking
Para.4 D.His education experiences
Para.5 E.Comments on his achievements
Para.6 F.The reason for his comedy-acting career
答案　Para.1 B　Para.2 A　Para.3 D　Para.4 C Para.5 F　Para.6 E
Ⅱ.Read for details
Read the passage carefully and choose the best answers.
1.Who is Mr Bean
A.An actor.
B.A comedian.
C.A comedy character in films.
D.A singer.
2.How does Mr Bean amuse audiences
A.Through facial expressions.
B.Through verbal language.
C.Through a series of difficult and funny acts.
D.Through a series of simple and funny acts.
3.What did Mr Bean find in the envelope
A.A birthday card. B.A birthday gift.
C.A credit card. D.Some money.
4.Why did Mr Bean order “steak tartare”
A.Because he liked to eat it very much.
B.Because the price of it was low.
C.Because the waiter recommended it to him.
D.Because the other customers all ordered it.
答案　1.C　2.D　3.A　4.B
Ⅲ.难句解构
1.He makes an attempt to eat it,but it is clear from the look on his face as he is chewing that he finds the taste truly awful.
[学会断句]　这是一个并列复合句。but连接表示转折关系的并列句,第二个分句中it为形式主语,真正的主语为后面的主语从句that he finds the taste truly awful;as he is chewing为时间状语从句。
尝试翻译:他试图吃下它,但从他那咀嚼时的表情就能看出,他发现那味道真的令人厌恶。
2.John Lloyd,who worked as a producer for BBC Television,says that one rarely meets someone with such genius,and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.
[学会断句]　这是一个主从复合句。其中who引导非限制性定语从句;三个that都引导宾语从句;when引导时间状语从句。
尝试翻译:英国广播公司电视台的制片人约翰·劳埃德说,遇到这样的天才很难得,与罗温的合作使他相信罗温会比查理·卓别林更出名。
Ⅳ.翻转课堂(课文语法填空)
Mr Bean is an internationally recognised comedy character in films and TV series.One of my favourite 1.episodes(episode) was Mr Bean in a fancy restaurant.2.Seated (seat) at his table,Mr Bean takes out a card,writes a few words on it,puts it in an envelope and 3.places(place) it on the table.After a moment,he pretends 4.to find(find) it by accident and shows it to others happily.When eating a raw hamburger,he makes an attempt to eat it,but the taste is 5.truly(true) awful.So he busies himself hiding the raw meat anywhere he can reach.
Rowan Atkinson is 6.an English actor,comedian and screenwriter.Born on 6 January,1955,he grew up on a farm.Rowan had a very 7.successful(success) academic career.At Oxford,he 8.obtained(obtain) his master’s degree in electrical engineering.When Rowan was young,he had a stutter and to make his speech clearer,he began to speak very carefully.This may be why some of his characters have unusual ways of speaking.As early as primary school,Rowan had already shown a talent 9.for acting,but it was only later at university 10.that he decided to become an actor.John Lloyd,who worked as a producer for BBC Television,thinks highly of him.
[原文呈现] My Favourite Comedian
TEXT 1　Mr Bean
Mr Bean is an internationally recognised comedy character in films and TV series.He has a reputation for①constantly encountering② awkward③ situations,which greatly amuses audiences of all nationalities and cultures④[1].His humour is always made clear through a series of⑤ simple and funny acts that rely purely on⑥ body language that is universal[2].
[1]此处为which引导的非限制性定语从句。
[2]此处为that引导的限制性定语从句。
One of my favourite episodes was Mr Bean in a fancy restaurant.After being seated⑦ at his table,Mr Bean takes out a card,writes a few words on it,puts it in an envelope and places it on the table.After a moment,he looks back at the envelope but this time he looks surprised⑧,as if he did not know it was there[3].He opens it to find a birthday card and very happily puts it on the table for everyone to see.
[3]此处as if引导方式状语从句。
When he looks at the menu,an astonished look⑨ quickly appears on his face.He takes all the money out of⑩ his wallet,counts it and puts it in a saucer.He then looks from the menu to the money with concern until he finds one thing that makes him smile[4].Then he orders a dish called “steak tartare”[5].When the dish arrives,he is shocked to discover that “steak tartare” is actually raw hamburger[6].He makes an attempt to eat it ,but it is clear from the look on his face as he is chewing that he finds the taste truly awful .He cannot hide his feelings,except when the waiters ask if everything is all right.When this happens,he smiles and nods,indicating that everything is fine[7].When the waiters are not looking,however,he busies himself hiding the raw meat anywhere he can reach—the sugar bowl,the tiny flower vase,inside a bread roll and under a plate.He becomes so desperate in the end that he even hides some inside the purse of a woman sitting near him and throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist![8]
[4]此处until引导时间状语从句。
[5]此处为过去分词短语作后置定语。
[6]此处that引导宾语从句。
[7]此处为动词-ing形式短语作状语。
[8]句中so...that...引导结果状语从句;动词-ing形式短语sitting near him作定语。
I like to watch Mr Bean on TV but I wouldn’t want to meet someone like him in real life ,and I certainly wouldn’t want to have dinner with him !
[名师圈点]
①reputation/ repj te n/ n.名誉,名望
have a reputation for以……而闻名
②encounter/ n ka nt /vt.遇到
③awkward/ kw d/adj.令人尴尬的,使人难堪的
④audiences of all nationalities and cultures 不同国家、不同文化背景的观众
⑤a series of 一系列,一连串
⑥rely purely on 完全依靠
⑦be seated 坐下/就座
⑧look surprised看起来吃惊/惊讶
⑨an astonished look
吃惊的表情/惊讶的表情
⑩take...out of 从……取出/拿出
with concern 担心地
be shocked to do sth 因做某事而震惊
make an attempt to do...试图做……
awful/ fl/ adj.可怕的;糟糕的
busy oneself doing 忙着做某事,busy在这里作动词,表示“使自己忙于”。
in real life 在现实生活中
have dinner with sb 和某人共进晚餐
[译文参考] 我最喜爱的喜剧演员
文本1　憨豆先生
憨豆先生是一位国际公认的影视喜剧人物。他的著名之处在于总是遇到尴尬的情境,使来自不同国家、不同文化背景的观众都觉得非常好笑。憨豆先生的幽默总是通过一连串简单、可笑的动作清晰地表达出来,完全依靠肢体语言这一全世界都通用的方式。
我最喜欢的一集是憨豆先生在一家高档餐厅用餐的故事。在餐桌旁坐定之后,憨豆先生拿出一张卡片,在上面写了几个字,把它塞进信封,放在桌子上。过了一会儿,他再看那个信封,但这次他露出了惊讶的表情,好像完全不知道它在那里。打开信封后,发现有张生日贺卡,他便高兴地把贺卡放在桌上向大家炫耀起来。
看菜单时,他脸上立刻露出震惊的表情。他把钱包里所有的钱都拿出来,数了数,放进碟子里。他担心地一会儿看看菜单,一会儿看看钱,最终找到了一种食物,脸上露出了微笑。然后他点了一道“鞑靼碎牛排”。当上菜的时候,憨豆先生惊讶地发现“鞑靼碎牛排”其实就是生肉馅。他试图吃下它,但从他那咀嚼时的表情就能看出,他发现那味道真的令人厌恶。他无法掩饰自己的感觉,除了在服务员问他是否一切满意时。服务员问他的时候,他笑着点点头,装作一切都好的样子。然而,在服务员没有注意的时候,他却忙着把生肉藏在他能够到的任何地方——糖碗、小花瓶、小圆面包里和盘子下面。最后他无计可施,居然把一部分生肉藏在坐在旁边的女士的钱包里,塞进餐厅小提琴手的裤子里!
我喜欢看电视里的憨豆先生,却不希望在现实生活中遇到像他这样的人,更不想和他共进晚餐!
[原文呈现]
TEXT 2　The Contemporary① Chaplin
Rowan Atkinson is an English actor,comedian and screenwriter.In Britain,Mr Atkinson is mostly famous for② many successful TV shows but internationally we know him best as the awkward,clumsy,but always amusing③ Mr Bean.If you think that Rowan Atkinson is anything like his famous creation,then you are in for a surprise④.On the contrary⑤,he is nothing like⑥ Mr Bean.
Rowan was born on 6 January,1955.He grew up⑦ on a farm with his parents and three older brothers.His father was very strict and did not believe in⑧ the value of television.
Rowan had a very successful academic career.At the age of⑨ 13,he was awarded a scholarship⑩to a boarding school .Later,he studied at Newcastle University,where he attained the highest marks in his year[1].At Oxford,he obtained his master’s degree in electrical engineering.This may explain why he loves fast cars,of which he has many[2].
[1]此处为where引导的非限制性定语从句。
[2]此处why引导宾语从句,of which...为非限制性定语从句。
When Rowan was young,he had a stutter and to make his speech clearer,he began to speak very carefully.This may be why some of his characters have unusual ways of speaking[3].
[3]此处why引导表语从句。
As early as primary school,Rowan had already shown a talent for acting,but it was only later at university that he decided to become an actor[4].A key event occurred one day in 1976 when he was playing around and pulling a face in the mirror .“I discovered my face,” he said later.
[4]此处为it was...that...强调句型。
John Lloyd,who worked as a producer for BBC Television[5],says that one rarely meets someone with such genius ,and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.
[5]此处为who引导的非限制性定语从句。
[名师圈点]
①contemporary /k n temp r ri/ adj.当代的,现代的
②be famous for 以……而闻名
③amusing/ mju z / adj.好笑的,有趣的
④be in for a surprise 一定会感到惊讶
⑤on the contrary 相反地
⑥nothing like远非,远不如,一点也不像
⑦grow up 长大,成长
⑧believe in 相信
⑨at the age of 在……岁时
⑩award...a scholarship 授予……奖学金
a boarding school 寄宿学校
attain the highest marks 获得最高分
obtain one’s master’s degree 获得硕士学位
show a talent for 表现出……的天赋
pull a face in the mirror 对着镜子做个鬼脸
genius/ d i ni s/n.天才,天赋;天才人物
[译文参考]
文本2　当代卓别林
罗温·艾金森是一位英国喜剧演员、编剧。艾金森先生在英国的名气主要源于他参演了很多著名影视剧。但在国际上,我们所熟悉的他是那个尴尬、笨拙却总能把人逗乐的憨豆先生。如果你认为罗温·艾金森和他扮演的憨豆先生角色一样,那你一定会感到惊讶。相反,他本人一点也不像憨豆先生。
罗温出生于1955年1月6日。他随父母在农场长大,有三个哥哥。他的父亲非常严厉,不相信电视的价值。
罗温的学生生涯非常成功。他13岁就获得了一所寄宿学校的奖学金,之后就读于纽卡斯尔大学,并以专业第一名的优异成绩毕业。在牛津大学,他取得了电机工程硕士学位。这也许是他那么喜欢跑车,而且有很多跑车的原因吧。
　　罗温小时候有口吃的毛病,为了讲话更清楚,他说话格外仔细。这也是他所塑造的一些角色讲话方式与众不同的原因。
早在小学时,罗温就表现出了表演天赋,但直到后来在大学,他才决定当一名演员。1976 年的一天发生了一件关键的事情,闲玩之中他对着镜子做鬼脸。后来他说,“那天,我发现了自己的另一副面孔。”
英国广播公司电视台的制片人约翰·劳埃德说,遇到这样的天才很难得,与罗温的合作使他相信罗温会比查理·卓别林更出名。Part 2　Language Points
核心单词练透
1.amuse vt.使开心;逗笑
教材原句　He has a reputation for constantly encountering awkward situations,which greatly amuses audiences of all nationalities and cultures.
他的著名之处在于总是遇到尴尬的情境,使来自不同国家、不同文化背景的观众都觉得非常好笑。
感知　语言先输入
①To my amusement,the baby was amusing himself with his own feet.
②I gathered courage and looked out through the window and I was really amused at/by the scene outside.(动作+情绪描写)
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)amuse sb/oneself　　　 逗笑某人/自娱自乐
It amuses sb to do sth 做……使某人笑起来
(2)amused adj. 逗乐的;觉得好笑的
be amused at/by 因……而乐
keep sb amused 使某人快乐;使某人玩得开心
(3)amusement n. [C]娱乐活动;[U]可笑;娱乐
to one’s amusement 令某人感到好笑的是
in/with amusement 愉快地
(4)amusing adj. 有趣的,好笑的;逗人笑的




运用　单句语法填空/完成句子/完成语段
①To our amusement,the comedian’s amusing performance really amused us and we all felt amused.(amuse)
② It amuses those little kids to chase(chase) colorful butterflies around the green garden.
③He has a unique teaching method to keep us amused and interested,which is highly appreciated by us.(人物介绍)
他有一种独特的教学方法,让我们感到有趣并很感兴趣,我们为此非常感激。
④Last weekend,Lily stayed at home and amused herself with funny comic books.She was amused by the silly stories in them.To her amusement,her little brother joined her later.They read together in/with amusement,forgetting all about the boring homework waiting for them. (情绪+动作描写)
上周末,莉莉待在家里,用有趣的漫画书自娱自乐。她被书里那些滑稽的故事逗得哈哈大笑。让她感到开心的是,弟弟后来也加入了她。两人津津有味地一起读着,把等着他们完成的无聊作业抛到了九霄云外。
2.astonished adj.吃惊的,惊讶的
教材原句　When he looks at the menu,an astonished look quickly appears on his face.
看菜单时,他脸上立刻露出震惊的表情。
感知　语言先输入
①We were astonished to see so many people volunteer to help clean the park on a cold weekend.
②Seeing her husband holding a bunch of flowers,she froze,her mouth dropping open in astonishment.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)be astonished at/by　　 对……感到吃惊
be astonished to do sth 对做某事感到惊讶
(2)astonishment n. 惊讶
to one’s astonishment 令某人惊讶的是
in astonishment 吃惊地
(3)astonish vt. 使惊讶;使吃惊
astonishing adj. 惊人的;令人惊讶的
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子/完成语段
①To our great astonishment,the boss wasn’t astonished at the astonishing news at all. (astonish)
②Hearing the astonishing news,Mary froze in astonishment,as if rooted to the ground. (情感描写)
听到这个令人吃惊的消息,玛丽惊得呆住了,动弹不得。
③I was astonished to see the whole class listen quietly.I was so astonished at/by their curious eyes instead of the usual confusion on their faces. (2025·全国二卷)
看到全班同学都在安静听讲,我感到十分惊讶。他们的眼中满是好奇,而非往常那般困惑,这让我更是吃惊不已。
3.contrary n.正相反,恰恰相反adj.相反的;相对立的
教材原句　On the contrary,he is nothing like Mr Bean.
相反,他本人一点也不像憨豆先生。
感知　语言先输入
①On the contrary,disappointed by his behaviour,I told all this to my best friend.
②My sister’s taste in dresses is contrary to my own.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)on the contrary　　 正相反,恰恰相反
to the contrary 相反的;相反地
(2)contrary to 与……相反;违反
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①Tom whispered to me that his views were contrary to mine.
②Most people know that,but I’ve heard plenty of stories to the contrary.
大多数人都知道这一点,但是我听到很多相反的故事。
③It’s no trouble at all;on the contrary,it will be a great pleasure to help you.
这根本不麻烦。相反,我很乐意帮助你。
4.obtain vt.获得,得到
教材原句　At Oxford,he obtained his master’s degree in electrical engineering.
在牛津大学,他取得了电机工程硕士学位。
感知　语言先输入
①Through the Internet,we can obtain a large quantity of learning materials with ease.
②By working hard and staying focused,we can obtain valuable knowledge from our daily studies.
记牢　知识再梳理
obtain a scholarship　　　 获得奖学金
obtain...from/out of/through... 从……中得到……
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①You can obtain knowledge through/from practical experience as well as textbooks.
②To obtain a scholarship,many students take part in various volunteer activities.
为了获得奖学金,许多学生参加了各种各样的志愿活动。
③You should obtain permission from the headteacher before you leave school.
在你离开学校之前,你应该得到班主任的许可。
5.talent n.天资,天赋,才能
教材原句　As early as primary school,Rowan had already shown a talent for acting,but it was only later at university that he decided to become an actor.
早在小学时,罗温就表现出了表演天赋,但直到后来在大学,他才决定当一名演员。
感知　语言先输入
①She,a comedian,has a talent for making everyone feel at ease and have a good mood.
②It is said that his father who was talented at/in basketball lost the opportunity to play after a surgery when he was middle-aged.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)have a talent for　 ……方面有天赋
show a talent for 展现出……方面的天赋
(2)talented adj. 有天赋的;有才能的
be talented in/at (doing)... 在(做)……方面有天赋
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①Mozart showed a remarkable talent for music as a child.
②She shows a talent for music,playing the piano beautifully at such a young age.
她展现出了音乐天赋,这么小的年纪就能把钢琴弹得如此动人。
③The fantastic performances will be given by students who/that are talented in music/show/have a talent for music and school staff. (活动介绍)
精彩的表演将由在音乐方面有天赋的学生和学校工作人员呈现。
6.convinced adj.确信的,信服的
教材原句　John Lloyd,who worked as a producer for BBC Television,says that one rarely meets someone with such genius,and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.
英国广播公司电视台的制片人约翰·劳埃德说,遇到这样的天才很难得,与罗温的合作使他相信罗温会比查理·卓别林更出名。
感知　语言先输入
①I am convinced that I am equal to taking up the position as a volunteer. (申请信)
②She convinced herself of the importance of hard work,which motivated her to study harder.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)be convinced (that)/of...　 信
(2)convince vt. 使确信;使相信;说服
convince sb to do sth 说服某人做某事
convince sb/oneself of sth 使某人相信某事
convince sb/oneself (that)... 使某人相信……
(3)convincing adj. 令人信服的
运用　单句语法填空/完成语段/词汇升级
①In order to convince us of his honesty,he gave us several convincing (convince)cases which could make us convinced (convince)of it.
②I have convinced my father to support our plan to cycle along the river.After telling him what we have prepared,I have convinced him that we have the ability to have a safe trip by ourselves.
我已经说服爸爸支持我们沿河骑行的计划。在告诉他我们所做的准备之后,我已使他相信我们有能力独自安全旅行。
③I believe that I do have the power to work as a volunteer.
→I am convinced that I do have the power to work as a volunteer.
片段巩固 用amuse;astonished;contrary;obtain;talent;convinced完成参加比赛的续写片段
写作提示:观众鼓掌,他感到开心→惊讶地发现观众很多→与之前相反,他相信了自己的天赋→紧握麦克风,意识到自己不仅获得了自信,还赢得了认可 　　When the audience applauded,he was amused at/by participating in the talent show.He was astonished to see so many audience.Contrary to his earlier hesitation,he became convinced of his talent for singing.Holding the microphone tightly,he smiled,realizing he had obtained not only confidence but also recognition.
短语句式通关　
1.rely on依赖;信赖
教材原句　His humour is always made clear through a series of simple and funny acts that rely purely on body language that is universal.
憨豆先生的幽默总是通过一连串简单、可笑的动作清晰地表达出来,完全依靠肢体语言这一全世界都通用的方式。
感知　语言先输入
①You can rely on me to help you when you are in trouble.=You can rely on it that I can help you when you are in trouble.=You can rely on my helping you when you are in trouble.
②You can rely on your deskmate for help when you are in trouble.
记牢　知识再梳理
rely on sb to do sth　 望/相信某人会做某事
rely on (doing) sth 依赖/信任/指望(做)某事
rely on it that... 相信……;指望……
rely on/upon sb for sth 靠/指望某人得到某物
[名师指津]　表示“依赖;指望”的短语还有:depend on、count on等。
运用　完成句子/一句多译
①We can rely on these true and lively stories to make the newspaper more attractive. (2025·全国一卷)
我们可以依靠这些真实又生动的故事,让这份报纸变得更有吸引力。
②You can always rely on it that your friends will stand by you when you’re in trouble.
你永远可以相信,遇到困难时朋友会支持你。
③我最尊敬我叔叔,因为每当我处于困境中时,我都可以指望他给我一些实用的建议。(人物介绍)
→I respect my uncle most because I can rely on/upon him to offer me some practical suggestions whenever I am in trouble.
→I respect my uncle most because I can rely on/upon it that he can offer me some practical suggestions whenever I am in trouble.
2.句型公式:as if引导方式状语从句
教材原句　After a moment,he looks back at the envelope but this time he looks surprised,as if he did not know it was there.
过了一会儿,他再看那个信封,但这次他露出了惊讶的表情,好像完全不知道它在那里。
感知　语言先输入
①He spoke English perfectly as if he had lived in England for many years.
②I simply stood there dumbfounded,and my feet,as if they were rooted to the ground,couldn’t move a bit.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)as if引导方式状语从句。若从句描述的情况发生的可能性很大,则用陈述语气;若从句描述非现实情况,则用虚拟语气。
(2)从句中谓语动词用虚拟语气的三种情况:
·当从句表示与现在事实相反的情况时,谓语动词用一般过去时(be动词一般用were)。
·当从句表示与过去事实相反的情况时,谓语动词用过去完成时(had+过去分词)。
·当从句表示与将来事实相反的情况时,谓语动词用“would/could/might+动词原形”形式。
(3)as if还可用在seem、look等系动词之后引导表语从句。
(4)当as if引导方式状语从句时,如果从句主语和主句主语一致,且从句谓语动词中含有be动词的某种形式,则可以省略从句主语和be动词。
运用　完成句子
①Consumed with guilt,I felt as if the whole world had abandoned me.
我深感内疚,觉得好像整个世界都已经抛弃了我。
②Tears swirling in his eyes,David raised his head,looked at me as if he would say something/as if (he was) to say something,but lowered his head once again.
大卫的眼泪在眼眶里打转,他抬起头,看着我,好像要说什么,但是又垂下了头。
③My classmates leaned forward,eyes bright as if they were listening to a little story from a faraway land.(动作描写;2025·全国二卷)
我的同学们身体前倾,眼睛亮晶晶的,仿佛在聆听一个来自遥远国度的小故事。
④It was dark in the wood and it seemed as if there were a fierce beast behind every bush.So terrified was she that she collapsed and screamed like crazy.(心理描写)
树林里很黑,似乎每一簇灌木丛后面都有一头凶猛的野兽。她吓得瘫倒在地,疯狂地尖叫起来。
3.句型公式:so...that...引导的结果状语从句
教材原句　He becomes so desperate in the end that he even hides some inside the purse of a woman sitting near him and throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist!
最后他无计可施,居然把一部分生肉藏在坐在旁边的女士的钱包里,塞进餐厅小提琴手的裤子里!
感知　语言先输入
①You are so good to me that I can never repay the debt I owe you.(感谢信)
②It was so hot a day that they all went swimming.= So hot a day was it that they all went swimming.= Such a hot day was it that they all went swimming.
记牢　知识再梳理
so...that...“如此……以至于……”,引导结果状语从句,so后常接形容词或副词,常见形式有:
so++that从句
[名师指津]　
(1)little表示“少”时用so修饰,但表示“小”时用such修饰。
(2)在so...that...和such...that...句型中,当“so/such...”置于句首时,其所在的句子要用部分倒装。
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子/同义句转换
①The mountainous village has changed so much that I can hardly believe my own eyes.
②The boy ran so fast that I couldn’t catch up with him.
③I had been so focused on keeping the house tidy and the kids safe that I completely ignored my brother’s feelings. (2025·全国一卷)
我当时一门心思只想着保持屋子整洁、保护孩子们的安全,以至于完全忽略了哥哥的感受。
④He had so little education that he was unfit for this job.
他所受教育很少,不适合做这份工作。
⑤He was clever enough to understand what I said.
→He was so clever that he could understand what I said.
片段巩固 用rely on;as if引导方式状语从句;so...that...完成参加才艺表演的片段
写作提示:我靠着魔术参加表演,紧张地走上了舞台→挥舞魔杖(wand)太用力,帽子都掉了下来→观众盯着我,仿佛我是个小丑(clown)→令我开心的是,他们高声欢呼,我还赢得了玩具 　　1.Relying on my silly magic trick for the talent show(动词-ing形式短语作状语),I stepped onto the stage nervously.I 2.waved my wand so hard that (so...that...) my hat fell off.The audience stared at me 3.as if I were a clumsy clown(as if引导方式状语从句).To my joy,they cheered loudly and I won a cute toy!
高考热点微练　
1.写出加黑部分的词性和汉语意思
①Tang Xianzu and William Shakespeare were contemporaries and both died in 1616.(2024·新课标Ⅱ卷改编) n.同代人
②This work is very challenging,so we must replace raw workers with experienced ones. adj.不熟练的
③I can’t wait to show you my creation in person and perhaps we can enjoy a similar experience together.(2024·新课标Ⅰ卷) n.作品;创作成果
④She writes from the practical angle of a business person rather than as an academic,making for a guide which is highly accessible and informative.(2024·新课标Ⅱ卷) n.学者
2.选出mirror的汉语意思
A.n.镜子　B.n.真实的写照　C.vt.反映;体现　D.vt.映出
①Place a few mirrors around your room so people can see how things look when they try them on.(全国甲卷) A
②The painting not only represented the scene but also mirrored the peacefulness I sensed.(2024·新课标Ⅰ卷) C
③The quiet lake mirrored the pink clouds and green hills in the warm afternoon. D
④This novel is a mirror of the social changes in that era,vividly presenting the struggles and hopes of ordinary people. B
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
[基础语境练]
Ⅰ.单词情景运用(每小题1分,共10分)
1.I encountered (遇到) a number of difficulties when I tried to learn English grammar at first.
2.We put some colorful stones into the vases (花瓶) to make them more lovely.
3.My dad chewed(咀嚼) the steak carefully while talking about his interesting work stories.
4.I often deal with customers on the phone and rarely (很少) meet them face-to-face.
5.It amused(逗笑) him to think that they were probably talking about him at that very moment.
6.She has built a strong reputation / repj teI n/ as a reliable and hardworking professional.
7.Kindness is a universal / ju nI v s l/ language that everyone can understand.
8.He is so clumsy that he accidentally knocked over the vase while walking past the table.
9.Everyone says that boy is a genius because he can solve complex math problems quickly.
10.He has a contrary attitude and always disagrees with everyone else’s opinions.
Ⅱ.词形转换填空(每小题1分,共8分)
1.We chose this book purely(pure) because it has many interesting stories for teens.
2.Her argument was so convincing(convince) that everyone agreed with her point of view.
3.The creation(create) of the park was aimed at providing a peaceful space for the community.
4.She was amused(amuse) by the funny story her friend told during lunch.
5.He is an honest and reliable(rely) man who is always ready to help others.
6.The students in our class mostly(most) spend their spare time reading books or playing sports.
7.All applicants will be considered regardless of age,sex,religion or nationality (nation).
8.My little brother dreams of becoming one of the most popular comedians(comedy) in the future.
Ⅲ.短语情景运用(每小题1.5分,共7.5分)
rely on,make an attempt to (do),be famous for,on the contrary,as if
1.That university is famous for its excellent engineering and computer science programs.
2.Many people think that city life is fast-paced and stressful;on the contrary,I find it exciting and full of opportunities.
3.Thinking of those sweet memories,I am so excited that I feel as if I were on the trip now.
4.He made an attempt to finish the task in advance,but he didn’t finish it in the end.
5.We can rely on our teachers and friends when we face tough academic problems.
Ⅳ.典型句式集训(每小题2分,共10分)
1.We rode along the river measuring over 500 meters long until we finally reached the farm.(until引导时间状语从句)
我们沿着这条长500多米的河骑行,最后到了农场。
2.I was so happy to hear the news that I immediately shared it with my teacher. (so...that...引导结果状语从句)
我很高兴听到这个消息,我立即告诉了我的老师。
3.There’s nothing like candlelight for creating a romantic mood.(nothing like...)
没有什么比烛光更能营造浪漫氛围了。
4.It was at that moment that a warm surge of streams washed through my body,and the image of the horse emerged in my mind,encouraging me to continue writing. (强调句型)
就在那一刻,一股暖流涌进了我的身体,马的形象出现在我的脑海里,鼓励着我继续写作。
5.The boy stared at the magician as if he had just witnessed a miracle. (as if引导方式状语从句)
那个男孩盯着魔术师,好像他刚刚见证了一场奇迹。
[素能提升练]
Ⅰ.阅读理解(每小题2.5分,共20分)
A
All over the world,children in hospital are being treated with a new kind of medicine:laughter.Lucy is 23 and works for Theodora Children’s Trust.She is one of many clown doctors who bring a smile to the faces of sick children.
“I’m a Theodora clown doctor.I call myself Dr Looloo.I spend two days a week in children’s hospitals,making funny faces,telling jokes,and doing magic tricks.As I walk into the wards I blow bubbles,shake hands with the kids,and make up nonsense songs for those children well enough to sing.I take special balloons to make ‘balloon animals’ and tell funny stories about them.
I’m naturally a very cheerful person.I’ve always been a clown.In fact my father is a clown and I started working with him when I was eight years old.I knew it was just the job for me and I became a clown doctor because I think it’s a great way to cheer up sick,frightened children in hospital.
Being a clown in hospital is very tiring both physically and emotionally.We have to learn not to show our feelings,otherwise we’d be useless.Clown doctors are sensitive but this is not a side most people see.To the children we’re happy all the time.I’m still learning to allow myself to feel sad occasionally.There are special kids you get really close to.At the moment I’m working with a very sick little girl from Bosnia who speaks no English,so our only common language is laughter.
At weekends I participate in events to raise money for Theodora Children’s Trust.It’s a charity so we are paid with the money people give.Being a clown doctor makes the worries of everyday life seem small.All in all,I feel honoured to do this job.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了作者作为小丑医生的经历和感受。
1.What do clown doctors usually do in hospital
A.Teach kids how to speak English.
B.Cheer kids up with funny performance.
C.Join in activities to raise money.
D.Develop kids’ sense of humour.
答案　B
解析　[细节理解题。根据第二段内容可知,小丑医生通过一些滑稽表演给生病的孩子带去快乐,从而让他们振作起来。故选B项。]
2.Why does Lucy work as a clown doctor
A.Because her father is a clown.
B.Because she has been a clown since she was eight.
C.Because laughter is a great help to sick children.
D.Because working in hospital brings her extra money.
答案　C
解析　[细节理解题。根据第三段中的“I became a clown doctor...cheer up sick,frightened children in hospital”可知,露西做小丑医生是因为小丑医生能够使生病的孩子振作起来。故选C项。]
3.What does Lucy think about being a clown doctor
A.It is an honourable and meaningful practice.
B.It is an interesting job to make a living.
C.It is a good way of getting rid of her worries.
D.It is an experience of great fun.
答案　A
解析　[细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“All in all,I feel honoured to do this job.”可知,露西觉得自己的工作很有意义,很光荣。故选A项。]
4.Which of the following may be the best title of the passage
A.How to Be a Clown
B.Patient and Clown
C.Clown Doctors
D.Raise Money for Charity
答案　C
解析　[标题归纳题。通读全文可知,本文讲述了作者作为小丑医生的经历和感受。故C项最适合作文章标题。故选C项。]
B
The British are known for their sense of humour.However,it is often difficult for foreigners to understand their jokes.The main point to remember is that the British often use understatement.
Understatement means saying less than you think or feel.For example,if someone gets very wet in a shower of rain,he might say,“It’s a little damp (潮湿的) outside.” Or,if someone is very impolite and shouts at another person,someone else might say,“She isn’t exactly friendly.” Understatement is often used in unpleasant situation or to make another person look silly.Understatement plays an important part in British humour.
Another key to understanding British humour is that the British like to make fun of themselves as well as others.They often laugh about the silly and unpleasant things that happen to our everyday life when someone accidentally falls over in the street.They also like to make jokes about people from different classes of society.They like to make jokes about their accents,the way they dress and the way they behave.What’s more,the British love to watch comedies about people who do not know how to behave in society.The comedy series Mr Bean is a good example of this kind of humour.Mr Bean is the character created by British actor Rowan Atkinson in 1990.
Mr Bean doesn’t talk often,and instead he uses his body movements and facial expressions to make people laugh.Perhaps what makes Mr Bean so funny is that he does things that adults in the real world cannot do.Mr Bean is popular in many countries around the world because you do not have to speak English to understand the humour.Because of this,many people have become familiar with the British sense of humour.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了如何理解英式幽默。
5.Why is it difficult for foreigners to understand British jokes
A.The British often enlarge the fact.
B.British jokes are connected with many different cultures.
C.The British try to make out that something is less important than it is.
D.British jokes are not as funny as jokes in other countries.
答案　C
解析　[细节理解题。根据第一段中的“The main point to remember is that the British often use understatement.”及第二段中的“Understatement means saying less than you think or feel.”可知,英国人经常轻描淡写,试图让别人觉得事情没有那么重要,所以外国人很难理解英国笑话。故选C项。]
6.How does the author explain “understatement”
A.By using examples.
B.By making comparisons.
C.By following time order.
D.By describing a process.
答案　A
解析　[写作手法题。根据第二段内容可知,作者是通过列举在雨中淋湿和不礼貌地对别人大喊大叫的例子来解释轻描淡写的。故选A项。]
7.How does Mr Bean make people laugh
A.By telling funny stories.
B.By making jokes about others’ accents.
C.By copying how others behave.
D.By using his body movements and facial expressions.
答案　D
解析　[细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“Mr Bean doesn’t talk...expressions to make people laugh.”可知,憨豆先生是通过肢体动作和面部表情使人发笑的。故选D项。]
8.What can be the best title for the passage
A.British Humour in Comedy
B.Humour in Different Cultures
C.Developing Your Sense of Humour
D.Understanding British Humour
答案　D
解析　[标题归纳题。通读全文内容可知,本文介绍了如何理解英式幽默。故D项最适合作文章标题。故选D项。]
Ⅱ.完形填空(每小题1分,共15分)
On a freezing January evening,Ashley Austrew sat in her car in parking lot,working up the courage to go into a comedy improv (喜剧即兴表演) class.For 20 minutes,the 33-year-old journalist and mom of two sat with thoughts of 　1　,“OMG,I can’t do this.I’ll be the 　2　 one.” Then she turned off the 　3　,took a few deep breaths,and went inside.
For Austrew,trying improv was the first small step to 　4　 her self-esteem.“All my life,I’ve 　5　confidence,” she says.“I didn’t have the 　6　 to try anything new.” So she made a list of all the things she was afraid to attempt and then asked herself,“What if I didn’t let my excuses win ” Improv was her biggest target.
Her fear disappeared as soon as she 　7　 the class.Her classmates were also 　8　,and she discovered that she was perfectly capable of earning a few laughs and making new friends.Over the next two years,Austrew went on to 　9　 with other what-ifs,including writing a book.“Self-esteem is like a muscle—you have to work it 　10　,” she says.
Some people are blessed with a seemingly unshakable positivity,but most of us need to 　11　 how to pull ourselves up with our own efforts.Psychologists say we tend to experience our 　12　 self-esteem in adolescence and spend much of our adult lives slowly building it up.Staying 　13　 has been tough in the past few years.　14　,like Austrew,we can learn to feel better about ourselves and 　15　 our feelings of hope.Thus,we should try our best to improve our relationship with the person in the mirror.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了自我怀疑、缺乏信心的奥斯楚通过学习喜剧即兴表演来提升自信的故事。
1.A.self-respect B.self-doubt
C.self-confidence D.self-dependence
答案　B
解析　[根据下文“OMG,I can’t do this.”可知,奥斯楚自我怀疑,不相信自己能行。故选B项。]
2.A.fastest B.strongest
C.best D.worst
答案　D
解析　[根据上文“I can’t do this”可知,奥斯楚自我怀疑,认为自己是最差的一个。故选D项。]
3.A.engine B.door
C.window D.phone
答案　A
解析　[根据上文“Ashley Austrew sat in her car in parking lot”可知,奥斯楚一开始在车里,所以要关掉引擎下车。故选A项。]
4.A.worsen B.improve
C.reduce D.drop
答案　B
解析　[根据下文“So she made a list...then asked herself”可知,虽然奥斯楚缺乏自信,但她列出了所有自己害怕的事情去尝试,说明她想要提高自信心。故选B项。]
5.A.got B.had
C.possessed D.lacked
答案　D
解析　[呼应上文讲奥斯楚自我怀疑和下文讲她想要提高自信心,说明她缺乏自信。故选D项。]
6.A.curiosity B.courage
C.creativity D.fright
答案　B
解析　[根据第一段中“OMG,I can’t do this.I’ll be the 　　　　one.”可以看出,奥斯楚缺乏自信,没有勇气尝试新东西。故选B项。]
7.A.walked into B.stepped out of
C.escaped from D.drove away from
答案　A
解析　[根据下文“Her classmates”可知,她走进了教室,看到了同学。故选A项。]
8.A.beginners B.masters
C.teachers D.classmates
答案　A
解析　[根据句中“also”可知,其他同学也和她一样,都是初学者。故选A项。]
9.A.complain B.agree
C.deal D.compete
答案　C
解析　[根据句中“went on”和“other what-ifs”可知,奥斯楚继续处理其它可能。故选C项。]
10.A.carelessly B.constantly
C.irregularly D.quietly
答案　B
解析　[结合常识和句中“like a muscle”可推知,自信像肌肉,需要不断地锻炼。故选B项。]
11.A.learn B.quit
C.buy D.observe
答案　A
解析　[根据“but”可知,上下文有转折关系,上文“are blessed with”说有的人有幸拥有坚定的积极性,下文说有的人需要通过学习才能获得,上下文构成转折关系。故选A项。]
12.A.greatest B.latest
C.highest D.lowest
答案　D
解析　[结合句中“in adolescence”和后句中“slowly building it up”可知,青春期是最缺乏自尊的时期,即自尊感最低。故选D项。]
13.A.brilliant B.independent
C.negative D.positive
答案　D
解析　[根据上文“Some people are blessed with a seemingly unshakable positivity”和下文“we can learn to feel better about ourselves”可知,作者在讲保持积极乐观。故选D项。]
14.A.Gradually B.Originally
C.Thankfully D.Unluckily
答案　C
解析　[上文说在过去几年里,保持乐观一直很困难,下文“we can learn to feel better about ourselves”讲我们可以学会乐观,所以这是幸运的事情。故选C项。]
15.A.rid B.change
C.strengthen D.weaken
答案　C
解析　[根据句中“learn to feel better”可知,我们可以学会感觉更好,所以我们也能学会增强我们的希望。故选C项。]
Ⅲ.语法填空(每小题1.5分,共15分)
With a rich musical heritage and innovative development practices,Wuxi in East China’s Jiangsu Province was officially selected as part of the Creative Cities Network on Oct.31 in its own right,becoming China’s first City of Music.
The Creative Cities Network,1. 　
was launched by UNESCO in 2004,is selected every two years,covering eight major fields,including literature,design,music,film,and architecture.
Up to now,a total of 20 Chinese cities 2.　　　　　　 (join) the network,more than any other country.Wuxi’ s inclusion ensures that China has 3.　　　　　　(represent) cities across all major fields 4.　　　　　　 shows that Wuxi’s unique urban musical character has gained worldwide recognition.
Over millennia of cultural development,Wuxi has nurtured (培育) numerous musical 5.　　　　　　 (genius),including Hua Qiuping,Gu Yuxiu,Liu Tianhua,and Hua Yanjun (Ah Bing).Ah Bing’s Er Quan Ying Yue,an erhu masterpiece 6.　　　　　　 (create) in the 20th century,has pushed Chinese folk music to a world-class level.
The city’s long musical history has boosted the music industry.Its Meicun subdistrict is the world’s largest production base for erhu,producing nearly 50,000 erhu of various types annually.Customers always have great faith 7.　　　　　　 the quality of the erhu.Among the world’s 18 harmonica (口琴) full-industry-chain brands,Wuxi accounts for six,with harmonica production accounting for nearly 60 percent of 8.　　　　　　 global market.
In recent years,Wuxi has placed 9.　　　　　　 (emphasize) on international music cooperation.The Wuxi Chinese Orchestra and Wuxi Symphony Orchestra have conducted performance tours in several countries in 2025,including France,Germany,Belgium,Croatia and Hungary,10.　　　　　　 (demonstrate) Wuxi’s rich musical traditions and contemporary vitality.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇新闻报道。文章主要介绍江苏省无锡市凭借深厚的音乐底蕴和创新发展举措,被正式纳入联合国教科文组织创意城市网络,成为中国首个“音乐之都”,并阐述了无锡在音乐人才培育、乐器产业发展和国际文化交流方面的成就。
1.答案　which
解析　[考查定语从句。句意:联合国教科文组织2004年发起的创意城市网络每两年评选一次,涵盖文学、设计、音乐、电影、建筑等八大领域。先行词是The Creative Cities Network,非限制性定语从句中缺少主语,且先行词指物,用关系代词which。故填which。]
2.答案　have joined
解析　[考查动词的时态和主谓一致。句意:截至目前,中国共有20座城市加入该网络,数量位居世界第一。时间状语Up to now是现在完成时的标志,主语20 Chinese cities为复数,谓语动词用复数形式。故填have joined。]
3.答案　representative
解析　[考查词性转换。句意:无锡的入选,标志着中国在创意城市网络的所有主要领域都拥有了代表城市,也彰显了无锡独特的城市音乐特质获得了全球认可。此处修饰名词cities,需用形容词,represent的形容词形式为representative,意为“有代表性的”。故填representative。]
4.答案　and
解析　[考查连词。句意同上。空格前后是两个并列的宾语从句,用连词and连接,表顺承关系。故填and。]
5.答案　geniuses
解析　[考查名词的单复数。句意:在数千年的文化发展进程中,无锡孕育了华秋苹、顾毓琇、刘天华、华彦钧(阿炳)等众多音乐奇才。genius表示“天才”时是可数名词,前面有numerous修饰,需用复数形式geniuses。故填geniuses。]
6.答案　created
解析　[考查非谓语动词。句意:阿炳创作于20世纪的二胡名曲《二泉映月》,将中国民间音乐推向了世界级高度。此处作后置定语修饰erhu masterpiece,create与逻辑主语masterpiece之间是被动关系,用过去分词形式。故填created。]
7.答案　in
解析　[考查固定搭配。句意:消费者一直对无锡二胡的品质抱有高度信任。have faith in是固定短语,意为“对……有信心”。故填in。]
8.答案　the
解析　[考查冠词。句意:全球18个口琴全产业链品牌中,无锡占据6席,口琴产量接近全球市场份额的60%。global market是特指的全球市场,前面需用定冠词the。故填the。]
9.答案　emphasis
解析　[考查词性转换。句意:近年来,无锡高度重视国际音乐交流合作。place emphasis on是固定短语,意为“重视;强调”,emphasis是不可数名词。故填emphasis。]
10.答案　demonstrating
解析　[考查非谓语动词。句意:2025年,无锡民族乐团、无锡交响乐团先后赴法国、德国、比利时、克罗地亚、匈牙利等国巡演,充分展现了无锡深厚的音乐传统与鲜活的当代活力。此处作伴随状语,demonstrate与逻辑主语2个乐团之间是主动关系,用动词-ing形式。故填demonstrating。](共111张PPT)
Part 2　Language Points
内
容
索
引
核心考点突破
课时精练
核 心 考 点 突 破
核心单词练透
高考热点微练
短语句式通关
核心单词练透
1.amuse vt.使开心;逗笑
教材原句　He has a reputation for constantly encountering awkward situations,which greatly amuses audiences of all nationalities and cultures.
他的著名之处在于总是遇到尴尬的情境,使来自不同国家、不同文化背景的观众都觉得非常好笑。
感知　语言先输入
①To my amusement,the baby was amusing himself with his own feet.
②I gathered courage and looked out through the window and I was really amused at/by the scene outside.(动作+情绪描写)
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)amuse sb/oneself　　　 逗笑某人/自娱自乐
It amuses sb to do sth 做……使某人笑起来
(2)amused adj. 逗乐的;觉得好笑的
be amused at/by 因……而乐
keep sb amused 使某人快乐;使某人玩得开心
(3)amusement n. [C]娱乐活动;[U]可笑;娱乐
to one’s amusement 令某人感到好笑的是
in/with amusement 愉快地
(4)amusing adj. 有趣的,好笑的;逗人笑的
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子/完成语段
①To our 　　　　　　,the comedian’s ________________performance really 　　　　　　 us and we all felt　 　　　　　.(amuse)
② It amuses those little kids 　　　　　　(chase) colorful butterflies around the green garden.
③He has a unique teaching method 　　　　　　　　　　　　　 ,
which is highly appreciated by us.(人物介绍)
他有一种独特的教学方法,让我们感到有趣并很感兴趣,我们为此非常感激。
amusement
amusing
amused
amused
to chase
to keep us amused and interested
④Last weekend,Lily stayed at home and 　　　　　　 　　　funny comic books.She 　　　　　　　　　　the silly stories in them.
　　　　　　　　　　　　,her little brother joined her later.They read together 　　　　　　　　　　　　,forgetting all about the boring homework waiting for them.(情绪+动作描写)
上周末,莉莉待在家里,用有趣的漫画书自娱自乐。她被书里那些滑稽的故事逗得哈哈大笑。让她感到开心的是,弟弟后来也加入了她。两人津津有味地一起读着,把等着他们完成的无聊作业抛到了九霄云外。
amused herself with
was amused by
To her amusement
in/with amusement
2.astonished adj.吃惊的,惊讶的
教材原句　When he looks at the menu,an astonished look quickly appears on his face.
看菜单时,他脸上立刻露出震惊的表情。
感知　语言先输入
①We were astonished to see so many people volunteer to help clean the park on a cold weekend.
②Seeing her husband holding a bunch of flowers,she froze,her mouth dropping open in astonishment.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)be astonished at/by　　 对……感到吃惊
be astonished to do sth 对做某事感到惊讶
(2)astonishment n. 惊讶
to one’s astonishment 令某人惊讶的是
in astonishment 吃惊地
(3)astonish vt. 使惊讶;使吃惊
astonishing adj. 惊人的;令人惊讶的
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子/完成语段
①To our great 　　　　　　,the boss wasn’t 　　　　　　at the 　　　　　　　　　 news at all.(astonish)
②　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　, Mary 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　, as if rooted to the ground.
(情感描写)
听到这个令人吃惊的消息,玛丽惊得呆住了,动弹不得。
astonishment
astonished
astonishing
Hearing the astonishing news
froze in astonishment
③I 　　　　　　　　　　　　　 the whole class listen quietly.I
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 instead of the usual confusion on their faces.(2025·全国二卷)
看到全班同学都在安静听讲,我感到十分惊讶。他们的眼中满是好奇,而非往常那般困惑,这让我更是吃惊不已。
was astonished to see
was so astonished at/by their curious eyes
3.contrary n.正相反,恰恰相反adj.相反的;相对立的
教材原句　On the contrary,he is nothing like Mr Bean.
相反,他本人一点也不像憨豆先生。
感知　语言先输入
①On the contrary,disappointed by his behaviour,I told all this to my best friend.
②My sister’s taste in dresses is contrary to my own.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)on the contrary　　 正相反,恰恰相反
to the contrary 相反的;相反地
(2)contrary to 与……相反;违反
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①Tom whispered to me that his views were contrary
　　　　　　mine.
to
②Most people know that,but I’ve heard plenty of stories
　　　　　　　　　　　.
大多数人都知道这一点,但是我听到很多相反的故事。
③It’s no trouble at all;　　　　　　　　　　　　　　,it will be a great pleasure to help you.
这根本不麻烦。相反,我很乐意帮助你。
to the contrary
on the contrary
4.obtain vt.获得,得到
教材原句　At Oxford,he obtained his master’s degree in electrical engineering.
在牛津大学,他取得了电机工程硕士学位。
感知　语言先输入
①Through the Internet,we can obtain a large quantity of learning materials with ease.
②By working hard and staying focused,we can obtain valuable knowledge from our daily studies.
记牢　知识再梳理
obtain a scholarship　　　 获得奖学金
obtain...from/out of/through... 从……中得到……
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①You can obtain knowledge 　　　　　　　　 practical experience as well as textbooks.
through/from
②　　　　　　　　　　　　　,many students take part in various volunteer activities.
为了获得奖学金,许多学生参加了各种各样的志愿活动。
③You should 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 before you leave school.
在你离开学校之前,你应该得到班主任的许可。
To obtain a scholarship
obtain permission from the headteacher
5.talent n.天资,天赋,才能
教材原句　As early as primary school,Rowan had already shown a talent for acting,but it was only later at university that he decided to become an actor.
早在小学时,罗温就表现出了表演天赋,但直到后来在大学,他才决定当一名演员。
感知　语言先输入
①She,a comedian,has a talent for making everyone feel at ease and have a good mood.
②It is said that his father who was talented at/in basketball lost the opportunity to play after a surgery when he was middle-aged.
for
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)have a talent for　 在……方面有天赋
show a talent for 展现出……方面的天赋
(2)talented adj. 有天赋的;有才能的
be talented in/at (doing)... 在(做)……方面有天赋
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①Mozart showed a remarkable talent 　　　　　　music as a child.
②She 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　,playing the piano beautifully at such a young age.
她展现出了音乐天赋,这么小的年纪就能把钢琴弹得如此动人。
③The fantastic performances will be given by students who/that
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
and school staff. (活动介绍)
精彩的表演将由在音乐方面有天赋的学生和学校工作人员呈现。
shows a talent for music
are talented in music/show/have a talent for music
6.convinced adj.确信的,信服的
教材原句　John Lloyd,who worked as a producer for BBC Television,says that one rarely meets someone with such genius,and that when he worked with Atkinson he became convinced that Rowan would be more famous than Charlie Chaplin.
英国广播公司电视台的制片人约翰·劳埃德说,遇到这样的天才很难得,与罗温的合作使他相信罗温会比查理·卓别林更出名。
感知　语言先输入
①I am convinced that I am equal to taking up the position as a volunteer.(申请信)
②She convinced herself of the importance of hard work,which motivated her to study harder.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)be convinced (that)/of...　 坚信
(2)convince vt. 使确信;使相信;说服
convince sb to do sth 说服某人做某事
convince sb/oneself of sth 使某人相信某事
convince sb/oneself (that)... 使某人相信……
(3)convincing adj. 令人信服的
运用　单句语法填空/完成语段/词汇升级
①In order to convince us 　　　　　　his honesty,he gave us several
　　 　　(convince)cases which could make us ________________
(convince) of it.
②I 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
to cycle along the river. After telling him what we have prepared,I
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 to have a safe trip by ourselves.我已经说服爸爸支持我们沿河骑行的计划。在告诉他我们所做的准备之后,我已使他相信我们有能力独自安全旅行。
of
convincing
convinced
have convinced my father to support our plan
have convinced him that we have the ability
③I believe that I do have the power to work as a volunteer.
→I 　　　　　　　　　　　　that I do have the power to work as a volunteer.
am convinced
片段巩固用amuse;astonished;contrary;obtain;talent;convinced完成参加比赛的续写片段
写作提示:观众鼓掌,他感到开心→惊讶地发现观众很多→与之前相反,他相信了自己的天赋→紧握麦克风,意识到自己不仅获得了自信,还赢得了认可
　　When the audience applauded,he was amused at/by participating in the talent show.He was astonished to see so many audience.Contrary to his earlier hesitation,he became convinced of his talent for singing.Holding the microphone tightly,he smiled,realizing he had obtained not only confidence but also recognition.
1.rely on依赖;信赖
典型句式练透
教材原句　His humour is always made clear through a series of simple and funny acts that rely purely on body language that is universal.
憨豆先生的幽默总是通过一连串简单、可笑的动作清晰地表达出来,完全依靠肢体语言这一全世界都通用的方式。
感知　语言先输入
①You can rely on me to help you when you are in trouble.=You can rely on it that I can help you when you are in trouble.=You can rely on my helping you when you are in trouble.
②You can rely on your deskmate for help when you are in trouble.
记牢　知识再梳理
rely on sb to do sth　 指望/相信某人会做某事
rely on (doing) sth 依赖/信任/指望(做)某事
rely on it that... 相信……;指望……
rely on/upon sb for sth 依靠/指望某人得到某物
[名师指津]　表示“依赖;指望”的短语还有:depend on、count on等。
运用　完成句子/一句多译
①We can 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
the newspaper more attractive.(2025·全国一卷)
我们可以依靠这些真实又生动的故事,让这份报纸变得更有吸引力。
②You can always 　　　　　　　　　　　　your friends will stand by you when you’re in trouble.
你永远可以相信,遇到困难时朋友会支持你。
rely on these true and lively stories to make
rely on it that
③我最尊敬我叔叔,因为每当我处于困境中时,我都可以指望他给我一些实用的建议。(人物介绍)
→I respect my uncle most because I can 　　　　　　
　 　　　　　　　　　　 whenever I am in trouble.
→I respect my uncle most because I can 　　　　　　 　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 whenever I am in trouble.
rely on/upon him to
offer me some practical suggestions
rely on/upon it that he can
offer me some practical suggestions
2.句型公式:as if引导方式状语从句
教材原句　After a moment,he looks back at the envelope but this time he looks surprised,as if he did not know it was there.
过了一会儿,他再看那个信封,但这次他露出了惊讶的表情,好像完全不知道它在那里。
感知　语言先输入
①He spoke English perfectly as if he had lived in England for many years.
②I simply stood there dumbfounded,and my feet,as if they were rooted to the ground,couldn’t move a bit.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)as if引导方式状语从句。若从句描述的情况发生的可能性很大,则用陈述语气;若从句描述非现实情况,则用虚拟语气。
(2)从句中谓语动词用虚拟语气的三种情况:
·当从句表示与现在事实相反的情况时,谓语动词用一般过去时(be动词一般用were)。
·当从句表示与过去事实相反的情况时,谓语动词用过去完成时(had+过去分词)。
·当从句表示与将来事实相反的情况时,谓语动词用“would/could/ might+动词原形”形式。
(3)as if还可用在seem、look等系动词之后引导表语从句。
(4)当as if引导方式状语从句时,如果从句主语和主句主语一致,且从句谓语动词中含有be动词的某种形式,则可以省略从句主语和be动词。
运用　完成句子
①Consumed with guilt,I felt 　　　　　　 .
我深感内疚,觉得好像整个世界都已经抛弃了我。
as if the whole world had abandoned me
②Tears swirling in his eyes,David raised his head,looked at me
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 ,
but lowered his head once again.
大卫的眼泪在眼眶里打转,他抬起头,看着我,好像要说什么,但是又垂下了头。
as if he would say something/as if (he was) to say something
③My classmates leaned forward,eyes bright 　 　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　from a faraway land.
(动作描写;2025·全国二卷) 我的同学们身体前倾,眼睛亮晶晶的,仿佛在聆听一个来自遥远国度的小故事。
④It was dark in the wood and it seemed
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 . So terrified was she that she collapsed and screamed like crazy.(心理描写)
树林里很黑,似乎每一簇灌木丛后面都有一头凶猛的野兽。她吓得瘫倒在地,疯狂地尖叫起来。
as if they were
listening to a little story
as if there were a fierce beast behind every bush
3.句型公式:so...that...引导的结果状语从句
教材原句　He becomes so desperate in the end that he even hides some inside the purse of a woman sitting near him and throws some down the trousers of the restaurant’s violinist!
最后他无计可施,居然把一部分生肉藏在坐在旁边的女士的钱包里,塞进餐厅小提琴手的裤子里!
感知　语言先输入
①You are so good to me that I can never repay the debt I owe you.
(感谢信)
②It was so hot a day that they all went swimming.= So hot a day was it that they all went swimming.= Such a hot day was it that they all went swimming.
记牢　知识再梳理
so...that...“如此……以至于……”,引导结果状语从句,so后常接形容词或副词,常见形式有:
[名师指津]　
(1)little表示“少”时用so修饰,但表示“小”时用such修饰。
(2)在so...that...和such...that...句型中,当“so/such...”置于句首时,其所在的句子要用部分倒装。
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子/同义句转换
①The mountainous village has changed so much 　　　　　　I can hardly believe my own eyes.
that
②The boy ran 　　　　　　fast that I couldn’t catch up with him.
③I had been 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　 　 I completely ignored my brother’s feelings.(2025·全国一卷)
我当时一门心思只想着保持屋子整洁、保护孩子们的安全,以至于完全忽略了哥哥的感受。
so
so focused on keeping the house tidy and
the kids safe that
④He had 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 he was unfit for this job.
他所受教育很少,不适合做这份工作。
⑤He was clever enough to understand what I said.
→He was 　　　　　　　　　　　 he could understand what I said.
so little education that
so clever that
片段巩固 用rely on;as if引导方式状语从句;so...that...完成参加才艺表演的片段
写作提示:我靠着魔术参加表演,紧张地走上了舞台→挥舞魔杖(wand)太用力,帽子都掉了下来→观众盯着我,仿佛我是个小丑(clown)→令我开心的是,他们高声欢呼,我还赢得了玩具
1.　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
(动词-ing形式短语作状语),I stepped onto the stage nervously.I 2.　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 (so...that...) my hat fell off. The audience stared at me 3.　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
(as if引导方式状语从句).To my joy,they cheered loudly and I won a cute toy!
Relying on my silly magic trick for the talent show
waved my wand so hard that
as if I were a clumsy clown
1.写出加黑部分的词性和汉语意思
n.同代人
高考热点微练
①Tang Xianzu and William Shakespeare were contemporaries and both died in 1616.(2024·新课标Ⅱ卷改编)　　　　　
②This work is very challenging,so we must replace raw workers with experienced ones.　　　　　　　
adj.不熟练的
③I can’t wait to show you my creation in person and perhaps we can enjoy a similar experience together.(2024·新课标Ⅰ卷)
　　　　　　　　　
④She writes from the practical angle of a business person rather than as an academic,making for a guide which is highly accessible and informative.(2024·新课标Ⅱ卷)　　　　　
n.作品;创作成果
n.学者
2.选出mirror的汉语意思
A
A.n.镜子　B.n.真实的写照　C.vt.反映;体现　D.vt.映出
①Place a few mirrors around your room so people can see how things look when they try them on.(全国甲卷)　　
②The painting not only represented the scene but also mirrored the peacefulness I sensed.(2024·新课标Ⅰ卷)　　
③The quiet lake mirrored the pink clouds and green hills in the warm afternoon.　　
④This novel is a mirror of the social changes in that era,vividly presenting the struggles and hopes of ordinary people.　　
C
D
B
课 时 精 练
[基础语境练]
Ⅰ.单词情景运用(每小题1分,共10分)
1.I 　　　　　　(遇到) a number of difficulties when I tried to learn English grammar at first.
2.We put some colorful stones into the 　　　　　　(花瓶) to make them more lovely.
3.My dad 　　　　　　(咀嚼) the steak carefully while talking about his interesting work stories.
encountered
vases
chewed
4.I often deal with customers on the phone and 　　　　　　(很少) meet them face-to-face.
5.It 　　　　　　(逗笑) him to think that they were probably talking about him at that very moment.
6.She has built a strong 　　　　　　　　　/ repj teI n/ as a reliable and hardworking professional.
7.Kindness is a 　　　　　　　/ ju nI v s l/ language that everyone can understand.
amused
reputation
universal
rarely
8.He is so c　　　　　　 that he accidentally knocked over the vase while walking past the table.
9.Everyone says that boy is a g　　　　 because he can solve complex math problems quickly.
10.He has a c　　　　　　 attitude and always disagrees with everyone else’s opinions.
lumsy
enius
ontrary
Ⅱ.词形转换填空(每小题1分,共8分)
1.We chose this book 　　　　　　(pure) because it has many interesting stories for teens.
2.Her argument was so 　　　　　　(convince) that everyone agreed with her point of view.
3.The 　　　　　　(create) of the park was aimed at providing a peaceful space for the community.
purely
convincing
creation
4.She was 　　　　　　(amuse) by the funny story her friend told during lunch.
5.He is an honest and 　　　　　　(rely) man who is always ready to help others.
6.The students in our class 　　　　　　(most) spend their spare time reading books or playing sports.
7.All applicants will be considered regardless of age,sex,religion or
　　　　　　(nation).
8.My little brother dreams of becoming one of the most popular
　　　　　　(comedy) in the future.
amused
reliable
mostly
nationality
comedians
Ⅲ.短语情景运用(每小题1.5分,共7.5分)
rely on,make an attempt to (do),be famous for,on the contrary,as if
1.That university 　　　　　　　　its excellent engineering and computer science programs.
2.Many people think that city life is fast-paced and stressful;
　 　　　　　　　　,I find it exciting and full of opportunities.
is famous for
on the contrary
3.Thinking of those sweet memories,I am so excited that I feel
　　　　　　　　I were on the trip now.
4.He 　　　　　　　　　　　　finish the task in advance,but he didn’t finish it in the end.
5.We can 　　　　　　　　our teachers and friends when we face tough academic problems.
as if
made an attempt to
rely on
Ⅳ.典型句式集训(每小题2分,共10分)
1.We rode along the river measuring over 500 meters long
　　 　　 　　　　　　　　　　　　. (until引导时间状语从句)
我们沿着这条长500多米的河骑行,最后到了农场。
2.I was 　　　　　　　 　　　　　I immediately shared it with my teacher.(so...that...引导结果状语从句)
我很高兴听到这个消息,我立即告诉了我的老师。
until we finally reached the farm
so happy to hear the news that
3.　　 　　　　　　　　　　 for creating a romantic mood.
(nothing like...)
没有什么比烛光更能营造浪漫氛围了。
4.　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　, and the image of the horse emerged in my mind,encouraging me to continue writing.(强调句型)
就在那一刻,一股暖流涌进了我的身体,马的形象出现在我的脑海里,鼓励着我继续写作。
There’s nothing like candlelight
It was at that moment that a warm surge of streams washed through my body
5.The boy stared at the magician 　　　　　　　　　　 　
　　　　　　　　　　　　. (as if引导方式状语从句)
那个男孩盯着魔术师,好像他刚刚见证了一场奇迹。
as if he had just witnessed
a miracle
[素能提升练]
Ⅰ.阅读理解(每小题2.5分,共20分)
A
All over the world,children in hospital are being treated with a new kind of medicine:laughter.Lucy is 23 and works for Theodora Children’s Trust.She is one of many clown doctors who bring a smile to the faces of sick children.
“I’m a Theodora clown doctor.I call myself Dr Looloo.I spend two days a week in children’s hospitals,making funny faces,telling jokes,and doing magic tricks.As I walk into the wards I blow bubbles,shake hands with the kids,and make up nonsense songs for those children well enough to sing.I take special balloons to make ‘balloon animals’ and tell funny stories about them.
I’m naturally a very cheerful person.I’ve always been a clown.In fact my father is a clown and I started working with him when I was eight years old.I knew it was just the job for me and I became a clown doctor because I think it’s a great way to cheer up sick,frightened children in hospital.
Being a clown in hospital is very tiring both physically and emotionally.We have to learn not to show our feelings,otherwise we’d be useless.Clown doctors are sensitive but this is not a side most people see.To the children we’re happy all the time.I’m still learning to allow myself to feel sad occasionally.There are special kids you get really close to.At the moment I’m working with a very sick little girl from Bosnia who speaks no English,so our only common language is laughter.
At weekends I participate in events to raise money for Theodora Children’s Trust.It’s a charity so we are paid with the money people give.Being a clown doctor makes the worries of everyday life seem small.All in all,I feel honoured to do this job.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了作者作为小丑医生的经历和感受。
1.What do clown doctors usually do in hospital
A.Teach kids how to speak English.
B.Cheer kids up with funny performance.
C.Join in activities to raise money.
D.Develop kids’ sense of humour.
解析　细节理解题。根据第二段内容可知,小丑医生通过一些滑稽表演给生病的孩子带去快乐,从而让他们振作起来。故选B项。
√
2.Why does Lucy work as a clown doctor
A.Because her father is a clown.
B.Because she has been a clown since she was eight.
C.Because laughter is a great help to sick children.
D.Because working in hospital brings her extra money.
解析　细节理解题。根据第三段中的“I became a clown doctor...cheer up sick,frightened children in hospital”可知,露西做小丑医生是因为小丑医生能够使生病的孩子振作起来。故选C项。
√
3.What does Lucy think about being a clown doctor
A.It is an honourable and meaningful practice.
B.It is an interesting job to make a living.
C.It is a good way of getting rid of her worries.
D.It is an experience of great fun.
解析　细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“All in all,I feel honoured to do this job.”可知,露西觉得自己的工作很有意义,很光荣。故选A项。
√
4.Which of the following may be the best title of the passage
A.How to Be a Clown
B.Patient and Clown
C.Clown Doctors
D.Raise Money for Charity
解析　标题归纳题。通读全文可知,本文讲述了作者作为小丑医生的经历和感受。故C项最适合作文章标题。故选C项。
√
B
The British are known for their sense of humour.However,it is often difficult for foreigners to understand their jokes.The main point to remember is that the British often use understatement.
Understatement means saying less than you think or feel.For example,if someone gets very wet in a shower of rain,he might say, “It’s a little damp (潮湿的) outside.” Or,if someone is very impolite and shouts at another person,someone else might say,“She isn’t exactly friendly.” Understatement is often used in unpleasant situation or to make another person look silly.Understatement plays an important part in British humour.
Another key to understanding British humour is that the British like to make fun of themselves as well as others.They often laugh about the silly and unpleasant things that happen to our everyday life when someone accidentally falls over in the street.They also like to make jokes about people from different classes of society.They like to make jokes about their accents,the way they dress and the way they behave.What’s more,the British love to watch comedies about people who do not know how to behave in society.The comedy series Mr Bean is a good example of this kind of humour.Mr Bean is the character created by British actor Rowan Atkinson in 1990.
Mr Bean doesn’t talk often,and instead he uses his body movements and facial expressions to make people laugh.Perhaps what makes Mr Bean so funny is that he does things that adults in the real world cannot do.Mr Bean is popular in many countries around the world because you do not have to speak English to understand the humour.Because of this,many people have become familiar with the British sense of humour.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了如何理解英式幽默。
5.Why is it difficult for foreigners to understand British jokes
A.The British often enlarge the fact.
B.British jokes are connected with many different cultures.
C.The British try to make out that something is less important than
it is.
D.British jokes are not as funny as jokes in other countries.
√
解析　细节理解题。根据第一段中的“The main point to remember is that the British often use understatement.”及第二段中的“Understatement means saying less than you think or feel.”可知,英国人经常轻描淡写,试图让别人觉得事情没有那么重要,所以外国人很难理解英国笑话。故选C项。
6.How does the author explain “understatement”
A.By using examples.
B.By making comparisons.
C.By following time order.
D.By describing a process.
解析　写作手法题。根据第二段内容可知,作者是通过列举在雨中淋湿和不礼貌地对别人大喊大叫的例子来解释轻描淡写的。故选A项。
√
7.How does Mr Bean make people laugh
A.By telling funny stories.
B.By making jokes about others’ accents.
C.By copying how others behave.
D.By using his body movements and facial expressions.
解析　细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“Mr Bean doesn’t talk...expressions to make people laugh.”可知,憨豆先生是通过肢体动作和面部表情使人发笑的。故选D项。
√
8.What can be the best title for the passage
A.British Humour in Comedy
B.Humour in Different Cultures
C.Developing Your Sense of Humour
D.Understanding British Humour
解析　标题归纳题。通读全文内容可知,本文介绍了如何理解英式幽默。故D项最适合作文章标题。故选D项。
√
Ⅱ.完形填空(每小题1分,共15分)
On a freezing January evening,Ashley Austrew sat in her car in parking lot,working up the courage to go into a comedy improv (喜剧即兴表演) class.For 20 minutes,the 33-year-old journalist and mom of two sat with thoughts of 　1　,“OMG,I can’t do this.I’ll be the
　2　 one.” Then she turned off the 　3　,took a few deep breaths, and went inside.
For Austrew,trying improv was the first small step to 　4　 her self-esteem.“All my life,I’ve 　5　confidence,” she says.“I didn’t have the 　6　 to try anything new.” So she made a list of all the things she was afraid to attempt and then asked herself,“What if I didn’t let my excuses win ” Improv was her biggest target.
Her fear disappeared as soon as she 　7　 the class.Her classmates were also 　8　,and she discovered that she was perfectly capable of earning a few laughs and making new friends.Over the next two years,Austrew went on to 　9　 with other what-ifs,including writing a book.“Self-esteem is like a muscle—you have to work it 　10　,” she says.
Some people are blessed with a seemingly unshakable positivity, but most of us need to 　11　 how to pull ourselves up with our own efforts.Psychologists say we tend to experience our 　12　 self-esteem in adolescence and spend much of our adult lives slowly building it up.Staying 　13　 has been tough in the past few years.　14　,like Austrew,we can learn to feel better about ourselves and 　15　 our feelings of hope.Thus,we should try our best to improve our relationship with the person in the mirror.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了自我怀疑、缺乏信心的奥斯楚通过学习喜剧即兴表演来提升自信的故事。
1.A.self-respect B.self-doubt
C.self-confidence D.self-dependence
√
解析　根据下文“OMG,I can’t do this.”可知,奥斯楚自我怀疑,不相信自己能行。故选B项。
2.A.fastest B.strongest
C.best D.worst
√
解析　根据上文“I can’t do this”可知,奥斯楚自我怀疑,认为自己是最差的一个。故选D项。
3.A.engine B.door
C.window D.phone
√
解析　根据上文“Ashley Austrew sat in her car in parking lot”可知,奥斯楚一开始在车里,所以要关掉引擎下车。故选A项。
4.A.worsen B.improve
C.reduce D.drop
√
解析　根据下文“So she made a list...then asked herself”可知,虽然奥斯楚缺乏自信,但她列出了所有自己害怕的事情去尝试,说明她想要提高自信心。故选B项。
5.A.got B.had
C.possessed D.lacked
√
解析　呼应上文讲奥斯楚自我怀疑和下文讲她想要提高自信心,说明她缺乏自信。故选D项。
6.A.curiosity B.courage
C.creativity D.fright
√
解析　根据第一段中“OMG,I can’t do this.I’ll be the 　　　　one.”可以看出,奥斯楚缺乏自信,没有勇气尝试新东西。故选B项。
7.A.walked into B.stepped out of
C.escaped from D.drove away from
√
解析　根据下文“Her classmates”可知,她走进了教室,看到了同学。故选A项。
8.A.beginners B.masters
C.teachers D.classmates
√
解析　根据句中“also”可知,其他同学也和她一样,都是初学者。故选A项。
9.A.complain B.agree
C.deal D.compete
√
解析　根据句中“went on”和“other what-ifs”可知,奥斯楚继续处理其它可能。故选C项。
10.A.carelessly B.constantly
C.irregularly D.quietly
√
解析　结合常识和句中“like a muscle”可推知,自信像肌肉,需要不断地锻炼。故选B项。
11.A.learn B.quit
C.buy D.observe
√
解析　根据“but”可知,上下文有转折关系,上文“are blessed with”说有的人有幸拥有坚定的积极性,下文说有的人需要通过学习才能获得,上下文构成转折关系。故选A项。
12.A.greatest B.latest
C.highest D.lowest
√
解析　结合句中“in adolescence”和后句中“slowly building it up”可知,青春期是最缺乏自尊的时期,即自尊感最低。故选D项。
13.A.brilliant B.independent
C.negative D.positive
√
解析　根据上文“Some people are blessed with a seemingly unshakable positivity”和下文“we can learn to feel better about ourselves”可知,作者在讲保持积极乐观。故选D项。
14.A.Gradually B.Originally
C.Thankfully D.Unluckily
√
解析　上文说在过去几年里,保持乐观一直很困难,下文“we can learn to feel better about ourselves”讲我们可以学会乐观,所以这是幸运的事情。故选C项。
15.A.rid B.change
C.strengthen D.weaken
√
解析　根据句中“learn to feel better”可知,我们可以学会感觉更好,所以我们也能学会增强我们的希望。故选C项。
Ⅲ.语法填空(每小题1.5分,共15分)
With a rich musical heritage and innovative development practices,Wuxi in East China’s Jiangsu Province was officially selected as part of the Creative Cities Network on Oct.31 in its own right,becoming China’s first City of Music.
The Creative Cities Network,1.　　　　　　　 was launched by UNESCO in 2004,is selected every two years,covering eight major fields,including literature,design,music,film,and architecture.
Up to now,a total of 20 Chinese cities 2.　　　　　　 (join) the network,more than any other country.Wuxi’ s inclusion ensures that China has 3.　　　　　　(represent) cities across all major fields
4.　　　　　　 shows that Wuxi’s unique urban musical character has gained worldwide recognition.
Over millennia of cultural development,Wuxi has nurtured (培育) numerous musical 5.　　　　　　 (genius),including Hua Qiuping,Gu Yuxiu,Liu Tianhua,and Hua Yanjun (Ah Bing).Ah Bing’s Er Quan Ying Yue,an erhu masterpiece 6.　　　　　　 (create) in the 20th century,has pushed Chinese folk music to a world-class level.
The city’s long musical history has boosted the music industry.Its Meicun subdistrict is the world’s largest production base for erhu,producing nearly 50,000 erhu of various types annually. Customers always have great faith 7.　　　　　　 the quality of the erhu.Among the world’s 18 harmonica (口琴) full-industry-chain brands,Wuxi accounts for six,with harmonica production accounting for nearly 60 percent of 8.　　　　　　 global market.
In recent years,Wuxi has placed 9.　　　　　　 (emphasize) on international music cooperation.The Wuxi Chinese Orchestra and Wuxi Symphony Orchestra have conducted performance tours in several countries in 2025,including France,Germany,Belgium,Croatia and Hungary,10.　　　　　　 (demonstrate) Wuxi’s rich musical traditions and contemporary vitality.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇新闻报道。文章主要介绍江苏省无锡市凭借深厚的音乐底蕴和创新发展举措,被正式纳入联合国教科文组织创意城市网络,成为中国首个“音乐之都”,并阐述了无锡在音乐人才培育、乐器产业发展和国际文化交流方面的成就。
1.which　[考查定语从句。句意:联合国教科文组织2004年发起的创意城市网络每两年评选一次,涵盖文学、设计、音乐、电影、建筑等八大领域。先行词是The Creative Cities Network,非限制性定语从句中缺少主语,且先行词指物,用关系代词which。故填which。]
2.have joined　[考查动词的时态和主谓一致。句意:截至目前,中国共有20座城市加入该网络,数量位居世界第一。时间状语Up to now是现在完成时的标志,主语20 Chinese cities为复数,谓语动词用复数形式。故填have joined。]
3.representative　[考查词性转换。句意:无锡的入选,标志着中国在创意城市网络的所有主要领域都拥有了代表城市,也彰显了无锡独特的城市音乐特质获得了全球认可。此处修饰名词cities,需用形容词,represent的形容词形式为representative,意为“有代表性的”。故填representative。]
4.and　[考查连词。句意同上。空格前后是两个并列的宾语从句,用连词and连接,表顺承关系。故填and。]
5.geniuses　[考查名词的单复数。句意:在数千年的文化发展进程中,无锡孕育了华秋苹、顾毓琇、刘天华、华彦钧(阿炳)等众多音乐奇才。genius表示“天才”时是可数名词,前面有numerous修饰,需用复数形式geniuses。故填geniuses。]
6.created　[考查非谓语动词。句意:阿炳创作于20世纪的二胡名曲《二泉映月》,将中国民间音乐推向了世界级高度。此处作后置定语修饰erhu masterpiece,create与逻辑主语masterpiece之间是被动关系,用过去分词形式。故填created。]
7.in　[考查固定搭配。句意:消费者一直对无锡二胡的品质抱有高度信任。have faith in是固定短语,意为“对……有信心”。故填in。]
8.the　[考查冠词。句意:全球18个口琴全产业链品牌中,无锡占据6席,口琴产量接近全球市场份额的60%。global market是特指的全球市场,前面需用定冠词the。故填the。]
9.emphasis　[考查词性转换。句意:近年来,无锡高度重视国际音乐交流合作。place emphasis on是固定短语,意为“重视;强调”,emphasis是不可数名词。故填emphasis。]
10.demonstrating　[考查非谓语动词。句意:2025年,无锡民族乐团、无锡交响乐团先后赴法国、德国、比利时、克罗地亚、匈牙利等国巡演,充分展现了无锡深厚的音乐传统与鲜活的当代活力。此处作伴随状语,demonstrate与逻辑主语2个乐团之间是主动关系,用动词-ing形式。故填demonstrating。]
Thanks！
本
讲
内
容
结
束Part 3　Grammar——副词
一、副词的概念
[先感知]
①She does her work very carefully.
她做工作非常仔细。
②It is certainly fun but the lifestyle is a little unreal.
这当然很有趣,但是这种生活方式有点不真实。
[会发现]　句①在句中修饰动词,句②在句中修饰形容词,都充当状语。
[明规则]　
副词是指在句子中表示行为或状态特征的词,用以修饰动词、形容词、其他副词或句子,表示时间、地点、程度、方式等,在句中多作状语。
[再运用]　单句语法填空
①We couldn’t fly kites because the wind was blowing strongly (strong) and wildly.
②I feel terribly (terrible) sorry for missing the chance of answering your letter in time.
③Work gets done more easily (easy) when people do it together,and the rewards are higher too.
④He began to take political science seriously (serious) only when he left school.
⑤The final score of the basketball match was 93 to 94.We were only narrowly (narrow) beaten.
⑥The school regularly(regular) holds sports meetings to encourage students to exercise.
二、副词的种类及用法
[先感知]
①The weather is so nice today that we can have a picnic in the park.
今天天气这么好,我们可以去公园野餐。
②The whole team count on Tom,and he seldom lets them down.
全队都指望汤姆,而他也很少让他们失望。
③We can see colorful flowers everywhere in the park in spring.
春天的时候,我们在公园里到处都能看到五颜六色的花朵。
④We should teach the children to behave properly in public.
我们应该教导孩子们在公共场合要举止得体。
⑤She found it extremely difficult to get a suitable job.
她发现要找到一份合适的工作极其困难。
⑥Fortunately,he was very soon offered another job.
幸运的是,很快就有人聘请他做另一份工作。
⑦He didn’t study law as his family expected.Instead,he decided to become an actor.
他没有按家族的期望去学法律。相反,他决定成为一名演员。
⑧He bought a new car which was bigger and therefore more comfortable.
他买了一辆新车,车更大,因此也更加舒服。
[会发现]　句①表示事情发生的时间;句②表示某行为或动作发生的频率,即多久发生一次;句③表示事情发生的地点;句④表示一件事情是如何做的;句⑤表示事情发展的程度;句⑥是评论副词,通过提供某种观点或评论来框定动词及其相关联的从句,通常位于句首,用逗号与句子隔开;句⑦⑧主要用于连接句子或从句。
[明规则]　
1.时间副词表示事情发生的时间,常见的有now、today、yesterday、tomorrow、before、soon、early等,时间副词也决定了该句所用的时态。
2.频率副词表示某行为或动作发生的频率,即多久发生一次,常见的有often、always、sometimes、seldom、hardly、never、once、twice等,常出现在一般现在时态的语句中,表示规律性的动作或习惯。
3.地点副词表示事情发生的地点,常见的有there、here、everywhere、anywhere、in、out、inside、outside、above、below等。
4.方式副词表示一件事情是如何做的,常见的有carefully、properly、carelessly、politely、suddenly、hard、well、badly、fast、slowly等,一般表示事情进行的方式。
5.程度副词表示事情发展的程度,常见的有much、very、so、quite、fairly、entirely、extremely、almost、a great deal、slightly等。
6.评论副词通过提供某种观点或评论来框定动词及其相关联的从句,通常位于句首,用逗号与句子隔开,常见的有fortunately、unfortunately、hopefully等。
7.其他常见的连接性副词主要用于连接句子或从句。它们不仅具有连接作用,还能在句子中表达不同的逻辑关系,如因果、转折、递进、并列、让步等。其他常见的连接性副词有meanwhile、therefore、consequently、besides、furthermore、additionally、however、instead、anyhow等。
[再运用]　单句语法填空
①She has studied English for ten years,so she can speak English fluently (fluent).
②Luckily (lucky),the little boy was saved by the firefighters in time after the fire.
③My mother usually (usual) gets up early to make breakfast for the whole family.
④The movie is extremely (extreme) popular among teenagers,so the cinema is always crowded.
⑤He is too tired to walk,and therefore he needs to have a rest for a while.
三、副词的位置
[先感知]
①Amy is studying law at university and doing quite well.
艾米在大学学习法律,而且成绩很好。
②The company is badly in need of new employees.
公司急需新员工。
③Frankly,I don’t care what happens to us.
坦白说,我不在乎我们会发生什么。
④We were fortunate enough to get an empty car.
我们很幸运弄到了一辆空车。
⑤It’s always difficult to translate poetry.
翻译诗歌总是困难的。
⑥She has never been to Beijing.
她从未去过北京。
⑦The windows had been opened wide and she could feel the breeze.
窗户大开,她能感觉到一丝微风。 (具体)
⑧This medicine has been widely used.
这种药已经被广泛应用。 (抽象)
[会发现]　
(1)句①②中的quite、badly为程度副词,分别修饰副词well、短语in need of,置于被修饰成分之前。
(2)句③中的frankly为评注性状语副词,用于句首,与主句之间用逗号隔开,表达说话人的态度和观点。
(3)句④中的enough为副词,修饰形容词fortunate,置于被修饰的形容词之后,是副词修饰形容词的特殊位置。
(4)句⑤⑥中的always、never为频度副词,always置于系动词is之后,never置于助动词has之后、实义动词been之前。
(5)句⑦⑧中的wide和widely为同根副词,wide表具体含义“大开地”,widely表抽象含义“广泛地”,二者均修饰动词,wide置于被修饰动词opened之后,widely置于被修饰动词used之前。
[明规则]　
1.修饰形容词、副词、介词短语以及句子时,副词要放在它们的前面,但enough除外,enough要放在被修饰的形容词或副词后面。
2.频率副词一般放在系动词be之后,行为动词之前。如有情态动词或助动词,也放在这类动词之后。
3.有些副词有两种不同的形式。一种与形容词同形,另一种由形容词加后缀-ly构成,在许多情况下,二者是有区别的,前者多用在直接或具体的场合,后者多用在抽象的场合。
[名师指津]　
(1)大多数方式副词位于句尾,但宾语过长,副词可以提前,以使句子平衡。
We could see very clearly a strange light ahead of us.
我们能够清楚地看到前面有奇怪的光。
(2)方式副词well、badly、hard等只放在句尾。
He speaks English well.
他英语说得好。
[再运用]　完成句子
①She sings beautifully and many people like her songs.
她唱歌唱得动听,很多人都喜欢她的歌。
②Honestly,I don’t think he can finish the work on time.
说实话,我认为他没法按时完成这项工作。
③The boy is old enough to go to school by himself.
这个男孩已经到了可以自己上学的年纪了。
④I often go for a walk after dinner with my family.
我经常和家人在晚饭后去散步。
⑤He has hardly ever travelled abroad,so he is excited about the trip.
他几乎从未出过国,所以对这次旅行感到格外兴奋。
⑥The door was open wide and we could see everything inside the room.
门大开着,我们能看到房间里的一切。
⑦This custom is widely spread in the northern part of our country.
这种习俗在我国北方地区广为流传。
四、副词的排列顺序
[先感知]
①They ate in a Chinese restaurant in London.
他们在伦敦的一家中餐馆吃的饭。
②Please write slowly and carefully.
请写得慢一些,仔细一些。
③The students did well here yesterday.
学生们昨天在这里干得很好。
④I went home happily after school.
放学后我愉快地回家了。
[会发现]
(1)由句①可知,地点类的副词排列时,小的地点单位在前,大的地点单位在后;
(2)由句②可知,多个方式副词并列使用时,短的副词在前,长的副词在后,且二者之间用and等连词连接;
(3)由句③可知,同时出现方式、地点、时间三类不同副词时,排列顺序为方式副词+地点副词+时间副词;
(4)由句④可知,当谓语是go、run、drive等表示移动的动词时,副词排列顺序为地点副词+方式副词+时间副词。
[明规则]　
(1)时间、地点副词:小单位在前,大单位在后。
(2)方式副词:短的在前,长的在后,并用and或but等连词连接。
(3)多个不同副词排列:方式副词+地点副词+时间副词(有时时间副词亦可放在句首)。
(4)run/go/drive等+地点副词+方式副词+时间副词。
[名师指津]　
(1)副词very可以修饰形容词或副词,但不能修饰动词。
I very like English.(×)
I like English very much.(√)
(2)副词enough要放在副词或形容词的后面,形容词enough放在名词前后都可。
①I don’t know him well enough.
我对他不太熟悉。
②There is enough food for everyone to eat.
有足够的食物供每个人吃。
[再运用]　完成句子
①We will have a meeting in the office in our company tomorrow morning.
我们明天上午将在公司的办公室开会。
②She speaks English clearly and fluently.
她英语说得清晰又流利。
③The little boy sang beautifully there last night.
这个小男孩昨晚在那里唱得很好听。
④My father drove home quickly after work yesterday.
我爸爸昨天下班后开车快速回了家。
⑤This morning,he worked hard in his study.
今天早上,他在书房里努力工作。
五、副词的后缀
[先感知]
①He speaks English slowly in class.
他在课堂上慢慢地说英语。
②She smiled happily when she saw her mother.
她看到妈妈时开心地笑了。
③He truly believes that he can achieve his dream.
他真的相信自己能实现梦想。
④She spoke simply about her plan for the future.
她简单地讲述了自己的未来计划。
⑤The wind blew gently through the window.
风轻柔地从窗户吹进来。
⑥You should act extremely carefully in this matter.
在这件事上,你应该做得极其谨慎。
[会发现]　
(1)由句①⑥可知,大部分形容词变副词可直接在词尾加-ly,该类副词常用来表示 “以某种方式”;
(2)由句②可知,以辅音字母加y结尾的形容词,变副词时需先把y改为i,再加-ly;
(3)由句③可知,以元音字母加e结尾的形容词,变副词时要去掉末尾的e,再加-ly;
(4)由句④⑤可知,以le结尾的形容词,变副词时需去掉末尾的e,再加-y。
[明规则]　
变化形式 例词
直接加-ly(表示以某种方式) slow→slowly缓慢地 extreme→extremely极端;极其
以辅音字母加y结尾的形容词,改y为i,加-ly happy→happily高兴地 merry→merrily快乐地
以元音字母加e结尾的形容词,去e加-ly true→truly真正地
以le结尾的形容词去e加-y simple→simply简单地 gentle→gently温柔地
[名师指津]　形容词变副词通常是加ly,其变化有规律可循,请记住以下口诀:
一般直接加,元(e)去e加,辅(y)改i加,le结尾e改y。
分别举例如下:quick—quickly;true—truly;lucky—luckily;possible—possibly
[再运用]　将下列形容词变为副词
①quiet→quietly
②hopeful→hopefully
③careless→carelessly
④healthy→healthily
⑤busy→busily
⑥fortunate→fortunately
⑦suitable→suitably
⑧extreme→extremely
⑨active→actively
⑩probable→probably
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
维度一　基础填空题(每小题1分,共10分)
1.Tom thinks soccer is difficult for him,so he hardly ever plays it.(always/hardly ever)
2.My grandpa lives alone,but he doesn’t feel lonely.(alone/lonely)
3.My English teacher usually walks to school.She likes walking very much. (usual/usually)
4.Children,what does the film mainly talk about (mainly/main)
5.Alan runs very fast,but his brother John runs much faster than him.(fast/faster)
6.We hope all the students can arrive at the camp safely before dark today. (safely/safety)
7.The little boy was really scared to walk through the dark forest alone.(real/really)
8.With the development of China,Chinese is widely used around the world. (wide/widely)
9.We plan to visit the science museum sometime during the coming holiday. (sometime/sometimes)
10.I’m not angry.Actually,I just want to know why you made that choice. (Actual/Actually)
维度二　单句语法填空(每小题1分,共8分)1.A special locking system means the door cannot be opened accidentally(accidental).
2.Luckily(lucky),he has a cow which produces milk every day,making it easier for him to solve the financial crisis he encounters.
3.I am terribly(terrible) sorry that I can’t go to the bookstore with you at the appointed time.
4.She is not an outgoing person and she doesn’t let anyone know how she truly(true) feels.
5.The title will be officially(official) given to me at a ceremony in London,which will have far-reaching significance.
6.They also shared with us many traditional stories about Hawaii that were hugely (huge) popular with tourists.
7.When the children are walking or cycling to school on dark mornings,car drivers can easily (easy) see them.
8.The number of students who joined the club is roughly(rough) twice as large as last year.
维度三　语法与写作(每小题2分,共12分)
1.I stopped,and she soon took wing but did not immediately fly away. (2023·浙江1月卷)
我停了下来,她(蜂鸟)很快就飞了起来,但没有立即飞走。
2.She looked directly into my eyes again,then let out a squeaking call and was gone. (2023·浙江1月卷)
她再次直视着我的眼睛,然后发出一声鸟鸣就离开了。
3.I undoubtedly gained numerous knowledge on plants and have become interested in them through this meaningful activity. (报道,2023·浙江1月卷)
通过这次有意义的活动,我无疑获得了许多关于植物的知识,并对它们产生了兴趣。
4.The activity lasted for the whole day and I felt greatly lucky to have such a precious chance. (报道,2023·浙江1月卷)
活动持续了一整天,我感到非常幸运能有这样一个宝贵的机会。
5.She hovered cheerfully and lowered to stand on my shoulder. (2023·浙江1月卷)
她高兴地盘旋着,然后降落在我的肩上。
6.The fantastic players touched me deeply,so I asked my parents to allow me to take up a piano lesson for beginner. (短文投稿,2023·全国乙卷)
这些出色的演奏者深深打动了我,所以我请求父母允许我上初级钢琴课。
维度四　语法与语篇(每小题2分,共14分)
I’m Li Hua from Class 3.We’re overwhelmingly excited by the knowledge that an oral English class will be arranged for us.But learning that 1.we’ll be randomly paired(我们将被随机配对) to do the oral practice,I 2.want to express my different voice urgently(急切地想表达我不同的声音),hoping that this wouldn’t offend you.
To begin with,it couldn’t be better if students with mixed levels of English 3.could be grouped together deliberately(能够被有意识地分组在一起) rather than at random,so that we can help each other during our practice.4.Additionally(另外),to ensure that our oral practice 5.goes smoothly(顺利进行),I suggest that you put three to four students together,with one as the group leader,in which case 6.we can communicate with each other freely(我们就可以自由地与彼此交流).
Should it be possible,7.I truly hope(我真心希望) you can take my suggestions into consideration. (共49张PPT)
Part 3　Grammar——副词
内
容
索
引
课时精练
语法图解
要点诠释
一、副词的概念
[先感知]
　①She does her work very carefully.
　她做工作非常仔细。
　②It is certainly fun but the lifestyle is a little unreal.
　这当然很有趣,但是这种生活方式有点不真实。
　[会发现]　句①在句中修饰　　　　,句②在句中修饰　　　　　　,
　都充当状语。
动词
形容词
[明规则]　
　副词是指在句子中表示行为或状态特征的词,用以修饰动词、形容　词、其他副词或句子,表示时间、地点、程度、方式等,在句中多作　状语。
[再运用]　单句语法填空
　①We couldn’t fly kites because the wind was blowing
　　　　　　(strong) and wildly.
　②I feel 　　　　　　(terrible) sorry for missing the chance of answering your letter in time.
strongly
terribly
③Work gets done 　　　　　　(easy) when people do it together,and the rewards are higher too.
④He began to take political science 　　　　　　(serious) only when he left school.
⑤The final score of the basketball match was 93 to 94.We were only
　　　　　　(narrow) beaten.
⑥The school 　　　　　　(regular) holds sports meetings to encourage students to exercise.
more easily
seriously
narrowly
regularly
二、副词的种类及用法
[先感知]
①The weather is so nice today that we can have a picnic in the park.
今天天气这么好,我们可以去公园野餐。
②The whole team count on Tom,and he seldom lets them down.
全队都指望汤姆,而他也很少让他们失望。
③We can see colorful flowers everywhere in the park in spring.
春天的时候,我们在公园里到处都能看到五颜六色的花朵。
④We should teach the children to behave properly in public.
我们应该教导孩子们在公共场合要举止得体。
⑤She found it extremely difficult to get a suitable job.
她发现要找到一份合适的工作极其困难。
⑥Fortunately,he was very soon offered another job.
幸运的是,很快就有人聘请他做另一份工作。
⑦He didn’t study law as his family expected.Instead,he decided to become an actor.
他没有按家族的期望去学法律。相反,他决定成为一名演员。
⑧He bought a new car which was bigger and therefore more comfortable.
他买了一辆新车,车更大,因此也更加舒服。
[会发现]　句①表示事情发生的　　　　;句②表示某行为或动作发生的　　　　,即多久发生一次;句③表示事情发生的　　　　;句④表示一件事情是　　　　　　的;句⑤表示事情发展的　　　　;句⑥是评论副词,通过提供某种观点或评论来框定动词及其相关联的从句,通常位于　　　　,用逗号与句子隔开;句⑦⑧主要用于连接
　　　　或从句。
时间
频率
地点
如何做
程度
句首
句子
[明规则]　
1.时间副词表示事情发生的时间,常见的有now、today、yesterday、tomorrow、before、soon、early等,时间副词也决定了该句所用的时态。
2.频率副词表示某行为或动作发生的频率,即多久发生一次,常见的有often、always、sometimes、seldom、hardly、never、once、twice等,常出现在一般现在时态的语句中,表示规律性的动作或习惯。
3.地点副词表示事情发生的地点,常见的有there、here、everywhere、anywhere、in、out、inside、outside、above、below等。
4.方式副词表示一件事情是如何做的,常见的有carefully、properly、carelessly、politely、suddenly、hard、well、badly、fast、slowly等,一般表示事情进行的方式。
5.程度副词表示事情发展的程度,常见的有much、very、so、quite、fairly、entirely、extremely、almost、a great deal、slightly等。
6.评论副词通过提供某种观点或评论来框定动词及其相关联的从句,通常位于句首,用逗号与句子隔开,常见的有fortunately、unfortunately、hopefully等。
7.其他常见的连接性副词主要用于连接句子或从句。它们不仅具有连接作用,还能在句子中表达不同的逻辑关系,如因果、转折、递进、并列、让步等。其他常见的连接性副词有meanwhile、therefore、consequently、besides、furthermore、additionally、however、instead、anyhow等。
[再运用]　单句语法填空
fluently
①She has studied English for ten years,so she can speak English
　　　　　 (fluent).
②　　　　　　 (lucky),the little boy was saved by the firefighters in time after the fire.
③My mother 　　　　　　(usual) gets up early to make breakfast for the whole family.
Luckily
usually
④The movie is 　　　　　　(extreme) popular among teenagers,so the cinema is always crowded.
⑤He is too tired to walk,and 　　 　　he needs to have a rest for a while.
extremely
therefore
三、副词的位置
[先感知]
①Amy is studying law at university and doing quite well.
艾米在大学学习法律,而且成绩很好。
②The company is badly in need of new employees.
公司急需新员工。
③Frankly,I don’t care what happens to us.
坦白说,我不在乎我们会发生什么。
④We were fortunate enough to get an empty car.
我们很幸运弄到了一辆空车。
⑤It’s always difficult to translate poetry. 翻译诗歌总是困难的。
⑥She has never been to Beijing. 她从未去过北京。
⑦The windows had been opened wide and she could feel the breeze.
窗户大开,她能感觉到一丝微风。(具体)
⑧This medicine has been widely used.
这种药已经被广泛应用。(抽象)
[会发现]　
之前
(1)句①②中的quite、badly为程度副词,分别修饰副词well、短语in need of,置于被修饰成分　　　　。
(2)句③中的frankly为评注性状语副词,用于　　　　,与主句之间用逗号隔开,表达说话人的态度和观点。
(3)句④中的enough为副词,修饰形容词fortunate,置于被修饰的形容词　　　　,是副词修饰形容词的特殊位置。
句首
之后
(4)句⑤⑥中的always、never为频度副词,always置于系动词is之后,never置于助动词has之后、实义动词been　　　　。
(5)句⑦⑧中的wide和widely为同根副词,wide表具体含义“大开地”,widely表　　　　含义“广泛地”,二者均修饰动词,wide置于被修饰动词opened之后,widely置于被修饰动词used之前。
之前
抽象
[明规则]　
1.修饰形容词、副词、介词短语以及句子时,副词要放在它们的前面,但enough除外,enough要放在被修饰的形容词或副词后面。
2.频率副词一般放在系动词be之后,行为动词之前。如有情态动词或助动词,也放在这类动词之后。
3.有些副词有两种不同的形式。一种与形容词同形,另一种由形容词加后缀-ly构成,在许多情况下,二者是有区别的,前者多用在直接或具体的场合,后者多用在抽象的场合。
[名师指津]　
(1)大多数方式副词位于句尾,但宾语过长,副词可以提前,以使句子平衡。
We could see very clearly a strange light ahead of us.我们能够清楚地看到前面有奇怪的光。
(2)方式副词well、badly、hard等只放在句尾。
He speaks English well.
他英语说得好。
[再运用]　完成句子
sings beautifully
①She 　　　　　　　　　　and many people like her songs.
她唱歌唱得动听,很多人都喜欢她的歌。
②　　　　　　,I don’t think he can finish the work on time.
说实话,我认为他没法按时完成这项工作。
③The boy is 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　by himself.
这个男孩已经到了可以自己上学的年纪了。
Honestly
old enough to go to school
④　　　　　　　　　 after dinner with my family.
我经常和家人在晚饭后去散步。
⑤He 　　　　 　　　　　　　　　　,so he is excited about the trip. 他几乎从未出过国,所以对这次旅行感到格外兴奋。
⑥The door 　　　　　　　　　 　 and we could see everything inside the room.
门大开着,我们能看到房间里的一切。
⑦This custom 　　　　　　　　 in the northern part of our country.
这种习俗在我国北方地区广为流传。
I often go for a walk
has hardly ever travelled abroad
was open wide
is widely spread
四、副词的排列顺序
[先感知]
①They ate in a Chinese restaurant in London.
他们在伦敦的一家中餐馆吃的饭。
②Please write slowly and carefully. 请写得慢一些,仔细一些。
③The students did well here yesterday. 学生们昨天在这里干得很好。
④I went home happily after school. 放学后我愉快地回家了。
[会发现]
后
(1)由句①可知,地点类的副词排列时,小的地点单位在前,大的地点单位在　　　　;
(2)由句②可知,多个方式副词并列使用时,短的副词在前,长的副词在　　　　,且二者之间用and等连词连接;
(3)由句③可知,同时出现方式、地点、时间三类不同副词时,排列顺序为方式副词+地点副词+　　　　　　　　;
(4)由句④可知,当谓语是go、run、drive等表示移动的动词时,副词排列顺序为　　　　　　　　+方式副词+时间副词。
后
时间副词
地点副词
[明规则]　
(1)时间、地点副词:小单位在前,大单位在后。
(2)方式副词:短的在前,长的在后,并用and或but等连词连接。
(3)多个不同副词排列:方式副词+地点副词+时间副词(有时时间副词亦可放在句首)。
(4)run/go/drive等+地点副词+方式副词+时间副词。
[名师指津]　
(1)副词very可以修饰形容词或副词,但不能修饰动词。
I very like English.(×)
I like English very much.(√)
(2)副词enough要放在副词或形容词的后面,形容词enough放在名词前后都可。
①I don’t know him well enough. 我对他不太熟悉。
②There is enough food for everyone to eat. 有足够的食物供每个人吃。
[再运用]　完成句子
in the office in our company
tomorrow morning
①We will have a meeting 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　.
我们明天上午将在公司的办公室开会。
②She speaks English 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　.
她英语说得清晰又流利。
clearly and fluently
③The little boy sang 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 .
这个小男孩昨晚在那里唱得很好听。
④My father 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　.
我爸爸昨天下班后开车快速回了家。
⑤This morning,he 　　　　　　　　　　　 　　　　　　　　.
今天早上,他在书房里努力工作。
beautifully there last night
drove home quickly after work yesterday
worked hard in his study
五、副词的后缀
[先感知]
①He speaks English slowly in class.
他在课堂上慢慢地说英语。
②She smiled happily when she saw her mother.
她看到妈妈时开心地笑了。
③He truly believes that he can achieve his dream.
他真的相信自己能实现梦想。
④She spoke simply about her plan for the future.
她简单地讲述了自己的未来计划。
⑤The wind blew gently through the window.
风轻柔地从窗户吹进来。
⑥You should act extremely carefully in this matter.
在这件事上,你应该做得极其谨慎。
[会发现]　
-ly
(1)由句①⑥可知,大部分形容词变副词可直接在词尾加　　　　,该类副词常用来表示 “以某种方式”;
(2)由句②可知,以辅音字母加y结尾的形容词,变副词时需先把y改为　　　　,再加-ly;
(3)由句③可知,以元音字母加　　　　结尾的形容词,变副词时要去掉末尾的e,再加-ly;
(4)由句④⑤可知,以　　　　结尾的形容词,变副词时需去掉末尾的e,再加-y。
i
e
le
[明规则]　
变化形式 例词
直接加-ly(表示以某种方式) slow→slowly缓慢地
extreme→extremely极端;极其
以辅音字母加y结尾的形容词,改y为i,加-ly happy→happily高兴地
merry→merrily快乐地
以元音字母加e结尾的形容词,去e加-ly true→truly真正地
以le结尾的形容词去e加-y simple→simply简单地
gentle→gently温柔地
[名师指津]　形容词变副词通常是加ly,其变化有规律可循,请记住以下口诀:
一般直接加,元(e)去e加,辅(y)改i加,le结尾e改y。
分别举例如下:quick—quickly;true—truly;lucky—luckily;possible—possibly
[再运用]　将下列形容词变为副词
quietly
①quiet→　　　　　 　　　　　
②hopeful→ 　　　　　　
③careless→ 　　　　　
④healthy→ 　　　　　
⑤busy→ 　　　　　
⑥fortunate→ 　　　　　
hopefully
carelessly
healthily
busily
fortunately
⑦suitable→ 　　　　　
⑧extreme→ 　　　　　
⑨active→ 　　　　　
⑩probable→ 　　　　　
suitably
extremely
actively
probably
课 时 精 练
维度一　基础填空题(每小题1分,共10分)
1.Tom thinks soccer is difficult for him,so he 　　　　　　　　 plays it.(always/hardly ever)
2.My grandpa lives 　　　　　　,but he doesn’t feel 　　　　　 　.
(alone/lonely)
3.My English teacher 　　　　　　walks to school.She likes walking very much.(usual/usually)
hardly ever
alone
lonely
usually
4.Children,what does the film 　　　　　　　　talk about (mainly/main)
5.Alan runs very 　　　　　　,but his brother John runs much
　　　　　　than him.(fast/faster)
6.We hope all the students can arrive at the camp ______________
before dark today.(safely/safety)
7.The little boy was 　　　　　　scared to walk through the dark forest alone.(real/really)
mainly
fast
faster
safely
really
8.With the development of China,Chinese is 　　　　　　used around the world.(wide/widely)
9.We plan to visit the science museum 　　　　　　during the coming holiday.(sometime/sometimes)
10.I’m not angry.　　　　　　,I just want to know why you made that choice.(Actual/Actually)
widely
sometime
Actually
维度二　单句语法填空(每小题1分,共8分)
1.A special locking system means the door cannot be opened
　　　　　　　 (accidental).
2.　　　　　　(lucky),he has a cow which produces milk every day,making it easier for him to solve the financial crisis he encounters.
3.I am 　　　　　　(terrible) sorry that I can’t go to the bookstore with you at the appointed time.
accidentally
Luckily
terribly
4.She is not an outgoing person and she doesn’t let anyone know how she 　　　　　　(true) feels.
5.The title will be 　　　　　　(official) given to me at a ceremony in London,which will have far-reaching significance.
6.They also shared with us many traditional stories about Hawaii that were 　　　　　　(huge) popular with tourists.
7.When the children are walking or cycling to school on dark mornings,car drivers can 　　　　　　(easy) see them.
8.The number of students who joined the club is 　　　　　　(rough) twice as large as last year.
truly
officially
hugely
easily
roughly
维度三　语法与写作(每小题2分,共12分)
1.I stopped,and she soon took wing but 　　　　　　　　　　　 　.
(2023·浙江1月卷)
　我停了下来,她(蜂鸟)很快就飞了起来,但没有立即飞走。
2.She 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　,then let out a squeaking call and was gone.(2023·浙江1月卷)
　她再次直视着我的眼睛,然后发出一声鸟鸣就离开了。
did not immediately fly away
looked directly into my eyes again
3.　　　　　　　　　　　 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 and have become interested in them through this meaningful activity.
(报道,2023·浙江1月卷)
　通过这次有意义的活动,我无疑获得了许多关于植物的知识,并对它们产生了兴趣。
4.The activity lasted for the whole day and I 　　　　　　　　　 to have such a precious chance.(报道,2023·浙江1月卷)
　活动持续了一整天,我感到非常幸运能有这样一个宝贵的机会。
I undoubtedly gained numerous knowledge on plants
felt greatly lucky
5.She 　　　　　　　　　　　　and lowered to stand on my shoulder.(2023·浙江1月卷)
　她高兴地盘旋着,然后降落在我的肩上。
6.The fantastic players 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 , so I asked my parents to allow me to take up a piano lesson for beginner.
(短文投稿,2023·全国乙卷)
　这些出色的演奏者深深打动了我,所以我请求父母允许我上初级钢琴课。
hovered cheerfully
touched me deeply
维度四　语法与语篇(每小题2分,共14分)
I’m Li Hua from Class 3.We’re overwhelmingly excited by the knowledge that an oral English class will be arranged for us.But learning that 1.　　　　　　　　　　　　　 　(我们将被随机配对)
to do the oral practice,I 2.　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
(急切地想表达我不同的声音),hoping that this wouldn’t offend you.
we’ll be randomly paired
want to express my different voice urgently
To begin with,it couldn’t be better if students with mixed levels of English 3.　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
(能够被有意识地分组在一起) rather than at random,so that we can help each other during our practice.4.　　　　　　　　　　(另外),
to ensure that our oral practice 5.　　　　　　　　　　 (顺利进行),
I suggest that you put three to four students together,with one as the group leader,in which case 6.　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　(我们就可以自由地与彼此交流).
Should it be possible,7.　　　　　　　　(我真心希望) you can take my suggestions into consideration.
could be grouped together deliberately
Additionally
goes smoothly
we can communicate with
each other freely
I truly hope
Thanks！
本
讲
内
容
结
束Section Ⅳ　The Rest of the Unit
核心单词练透
1.unfortunate adj.不幸的,倒霉的
教材原句　One unfortunate agent was dealing with all the passengers,when an angry man,who had been standing in line for some time,pushed his way to the front.
一位不幸的机场工作人员正在应对所有的乘客,这时一个已经排了很久的愤怒的男子挤到了前面。
感知　语言先输入
①He was unfortunate to lose his wallet on the way to the airport.
②I am fortunate to have you by my side.Whenever I’m in trouble,you are always the first to show up. (感谢信)
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)be unfortunate to do sth　 幸做某事
(2)fortune n. 富;命运;运气;大笔的钱
seek/try one’s fortune 碰运气
make a fortune 发财
have the good fortune to do sth 幸做某事
(3)fortunate adj. 幸运的;侥幸的
be fortunate to do sth 有幸做某事
(4)fortunately adv. 幸运地
unfortunately adv. 不幸地
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子/一句多译
①He was unfortunate to miss (miss) the school bus and arrived late this morning.
②Fortunately (fortunate),my teacher helped me solve the math problem before the exam.
③Nowadays many young people go to big cities to seek their fortune.
现在许多年轻人到大城市去寻找他们发财的机会。
④不幸的是,在取出里面的东西之前,我们忘了称重,但我决心证明我的观点。
→Unfortunately we forgot to weigh them before taking out their insides,but I was determined to prove my point.
→We are unfortunate to forget to weigh them before taking out their insides,but I was determined to prove my point.
2.demand vt.要求 n.要求;需求
教材原句　“I want a first-class seat on this flight,now!” demanded the man angrily.
“我要这班飞机的头等舱座位,马上!”那人生气地要求道。
感知　语言先输入
①Environmental activists demand to take immediate action against climate change.
②Father demanded (that) the twins (should) clean up the kitchen when he helped make breakfast.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)demand to do sth　　　　 求做某事
demand that...(should) do sth 要求……做某事
(2)be in (great) demand (迫切)需求
meet/satisfy one’s demands 足某人的需求
[名师指津]　demand作动词时,后可接名词、不定式和从句作宾语,但不可跟sb to do结构;后接that从句时,从句用虚拟语气,谓语动词用“(should+)动词原形”;作名词引导表语从句或同位语从句时,从句中也用虚拟语气。
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①My little sister demanded to be told(tell) the ending of the story before going to bed.
②The team members demanded that they (should) have enough time to practice for the match.
队员们要求他们应该有充足的时间来为这场比赛训练。
③As new members are in demand in our basketball club,I’m writing to invite you to join it.(邀请信)
由于我们篮球俱乐部招收新成员,我写信邀请你加入。
④Today,if we do not renew our knowledge constantly,we are unable to meet/satisfy the demands of our work.
如今,如果我们不常常更新知识,就不能满足我们的工作需求。
短语句式通关
1.let alone更不用说
教材原句　People might gently mock people in positions of power “my boss can’t run a bath,let alone this company!”,or mock oneself,for example “I’m on that new ‘seafood’ diet.If I see food,I eat it!”人们可能会温和地嘲笑位高权重的人,“我的老板连洗澡水都不会放,更别提运营这家公司了!”或者嘲笑自己,比如“我正在进行新的’海鲜’减肥法。只要我看见食物,我就吃!”
感知　语言先输入
①She can’t ride a bicycle,let alone drive a car.
②It’s important to let go of past mistakes in order to move forward in life.
记牢　知识再梳理
let down　　　 失望;辜负
let go of 放开;放手;释放
let...in 让……进来;放进
let out 发出;放出;泄露
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①She tries her best to get good grades so as not to let her parents down.
②The little girl suddenly let go of her mother’s hand and ran across the street.
小女孩突然松开了她妈妈的手,朝马路对面跑去。
③You can’t have relationships without trust,let alone good ones.没有信任作为基础,是不可能建立起关系的,更不用说良好的关系了。
④When we watched the national flag raised in the Olympic Games on TV,we let out a cheer.当我们在电视上看到国旗在奥运会现场升起时,我们发出了欢呼声。
2.句型公式:while表示对比
教材原句　While one person might lightly giggle at a joke,another might fall about with laughter.一个人听了笑话可能会咯咯地笑,而另一个人可能会笑得东倒西歪。
感知　语言先输入
①While Tom is very outgoing and talkative,his brother is quite shy and reserved.
②While the project faced many challenges,the team managed to complete it on time.
③It is important to stay focused while working on your assignments.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)本句中while用作并列连词,连接两个并列分句,表示对比或相反的情况,意为“然而;而”。
(2)while可引导让步状语从句,意为“尽管,虽然”,相当于although/though/as。但while/although引导的让步状语从句不倒装,as引导的让步状语从句要倒装,though引导的让步状语从句可倒装也可不倒装。
(3)while可引导时间状语从句,意为“在……期间,当……的时候”。从句谓语动词只能用表持续性的状态或动作的动词,而不能用短暂性动词。
运用　完成句子/同义句转换
①While/Although/Though I understand you,I don’t agree with you.(不倒装)
尽管我理解你,可我不同意你的观点。
②Difficult as/though the task was,they managed to finish it in time.(倒装)
虽然这项任务很难,他们还是设法及时完成了。
③They rushed in while/when we were discussing problems.
我们正在讨论问题的时候,他们冲了进来。
④Some students prefer studying in groups,while others find it more effective to study alone.
有些学生喜欢小组学习,而其他人发现独自学习更有效。
⑤While he was tired,he went on working.
→While tired,he went on working.(省略)
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
[基础语境练]
Ⅰ.单词情景运用(每小题1分,共6分)
1.We found a thick and strong log (原木) to sit on while we enjoyed the beautiful sunset.
2.The travel agent (代理人) told us all the details about the summer camp in the mountain area.
3.Don’t criticise / krItIsaIz/ others for their faults if you are not willing to admit your own.
4.There is a great demand /d m nd/ for English reference books among senior one students.
5.There are many Internet idioms that have found their way into our daily life.
6.I was about to have a bath when I heard there was a loud knock on the door.
Ⅱ.词形转换填空(每小题1分,共4分)
1.The politician (politics) wore a confident smile throughout the interview.
2.Every year we have fundraisers to raise money for unfortunate (fortune) people.
3.The popular movie for teenagers is loosely (loose) based on a novel written by a young author.
4.We should accept criticism (criticise) bravely and correct our mistakes in daily study.
Ⅲ.短语情景运用(每小题1.5分,共7.5分)
to a certain degree,on one’s own,set up,aside from,in particular
1.Many students prefer to study on their own to develop independent learning skills.
2.The school plans to set up a new library to provide students with better resources.
3.Aside from academic achievements,extracurricular activities are also important for personal development.
4.I enjoy reading novels,and science fiction,in particular,fascinates me.
5.To a certain degree,social media has changed the way we communicate with each other.
Ⅳ.典型句式集训(每小题2分,共10分)
1.The activity began with a lecture by a local botanist,who taught us about the different characteristics and uses of various plant species.(who引导非限制性定语从句)
这次活动以一名当地植物学家的讲座开始,他向我们介绍了各种植物的不同特性和用途。
2.While rock climbing,you need to remain very focused so that you won’t make any dangerous errors.(so that引导目的状语从句)
攀岩时,你需要保持高度专注,以免你犯任何危险的错误。
3.Such a good command of spoken English do I have that I will have no trouble communicating with visitors. (such引起的倒装句)
我精通英语口语,因此我能与参观者毫无困难地交流。
4.When it comes to health,maintaining a balanced diet and regular exercise are essential for a healthy lifestyle.(when it comes to...)
当谈到健康时,保持均衡饮食和定期锻炼对健康生活至关重要。
5.While technology has made communication easier,it has also led to a decline in face-to-face interactions.(while引导让步状语从句)
尽管科技使沟通变得更容易,但它也导致了面对面交流的减少。
[素能提升练]
Ⅰ.阅读理解(每小题2.5分,共10分)
Afghanistan has its own version of the famous British comedy actor Charlie Chaplin.
His name is Karim Asir.He wears make-up and clothes to look like Charlie Chaplin in his movies.Asir also uses similar physical movements.He performs on the streets and at events in the capital of Afghanistan,Kabul.
Afghanistan has dealt with many years of war and widespread destruction brought by attacks.The 25-year-old actor says his goal is to use humour to help take people’s minds off the difficulties they face every day.“It is very simple.I want to give Afghans a reason to smile,” he said.
Charlie Chaplin rose to fame during the silent film age of the 1920s.His movies became popular around the world.When young Asir and his family escaped to Iran in 1996,he watched Chaplin’s movies on television and became fond of the actor and the characters he played.One of the characters impressed Asir most was a funny-looking man known as the Little Tramp.This character had no money and was always getting into trouble.The creative method he used to get out of trouble was always being humorous.
After returning to Afghanistan,Asir started wearing make-up and recreating Chaplin’s characters.He performs in public parks,homes for needy youth,as well as private parties and international aid agency events.
“I want to give my people a chance to forget their problems such as war,conflicts,and insecurity,” he said.
To do this,he keeps smiling while performing around the city and meeting with fans,but Asir says that inside,he cannot help but feel fearful about possible attacks.
“I am afraid of getting attacked,but these issues cannot stop me from being Charlie Chaplin,” he said.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了阿富汗的喜剧演员卡里姆·阿西尔通过模仿英国著名喜剧演员查理·卓别林给人们带来快乐的故事。
1.What does Asir want to do by using humour
A.To make himself look like Chaplin.
B.To make people laugh and be happy.
C.To earn money and support his family.
D.To encourage people to face their difficulties.
答案　B
解析　[细节理解题。根据第三段中“The 25-year-old actor says...difficulties they face every day.”可知,阿西尔想通过幽默来让人们笑,让他们快乐。故选B项。]
2.Which of the following is true about Asir
A.Asir got to know Chaplin at the age of 25.
B.Asir wanted to be an actor when he was a child.
C.Asir began to perform after returning from Iran.
D.Asir played the Little Tramp and became popular.
答案　C
解析　[细节理解题。根据第五段“After returning to Afghanistan...international aid agency events.”可知,阿西尔从伊朗回来后开始表演。故选C项。]
3.What was Asir concerned about while performing
A.People may not like his performance.
B.He may encounter with dangerous attacks.
C.He might make mistakes in his performance.
D.People might feel afraid of being out in public.
答案　B
解析　[细节理解题。根据倒数第二段“To do this,he keeps...fearful about possible attacks.”可知,阿西尔在表演时担心可能会遇到危险的袭击。故选B项。]
4.What is the best title of this article
A.Afghanistan:War and Peace
B.The Challenges of Being an Actor
C.The Story of the Afghan Charlie Chaplin
D.Charlie Chaplin:The World’s Greatest Comedian
答案　C
解析　[标题归纳题。根据文章大意以及第一段可知,文章主要讲的是阿富汗的喜剧演员卡里姆·阿西尔模仿查理·卓别林给人们带来快乐的故事。故这篇文章最好的标题是“阿富汗查理·卓别林的故事”。故选C项。]
Ⅱ.完形填空(每小题1分,共15分)
People naturally assume that because I’m a comedian I have rock-solid sense of self-esteem (自尊).But when I lost my job last year,my self-worth hit an all-time low and I really 　1　 how competent I was.
I had started running a few years before this.I didn’t look or feel like a(n)　2　 and,in fact,I walked most of it,but the beautiful thing about running is that it’s one of the most 　3　 sports you can do.I met a really amazing community of women runners online who were of different 　4　 groups,shapes and sizes,with different motivations to run.
The more I ran,the better I felt.Bryony Gordon rang me one day and 　5　 me to do the marathon and so I 　6　 it in October.It was an amazing feeling.
But what really changed me was strength training.I started 　7　 with two amazing women,Amber Keatley-Shaikh and Suzanne Keatley.They got in touch with me just as I was completely broken by my 　8　 in career and asked whether I was interested.　9　 I would have said 　10　 weights was quite extreme,but actually doing it felt like recovery.I could see myself physically getting stronger and the endorphins (内啡肽) were incredible.
I’ve been quite public about my physical journey by 　11　 it on my social media.What I find really heartwarming is that every time I 　12　 about doing exercise,I get lots of 　13　 saying that I’ve made another person get out there and do it.
What I’ve been doing wasn’t about getting weight loss but about feeling in control again after my unemployment.Running and strength training have given me 　14　 I didn’t know that I had.I feel like I’ve 　15　 myself back—but this time a stronger version.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了一名喜剧演员失业后自我价值下降,但通过跑步和力量训练找回自信和自我控制的故事。
1.A.questioned B.reckoned
C.guaranteed D.predicted
答案　A
解析　[根据“my self-worth hit an all-time low”可知,作者的自我价值跌到了历史最低点,她怀疑自己是否真的有能力。故选A项。]
2.A.comedian B.athlete
C.celebrity D.craftsman
答案　B
解析　[根据“I had started running a few years before this.”以及“in fact,I walked most of it”可知,作者参加了跑步,但是大部分时间都是步行的,所以作者看起来和感觉上都不像一个运动员。故选B项。]
3.A.reluctant B.inclusive
C.precise D.desperate
答案　B
解析　[根据下文“I met a really...motivations to run.”可知,女性跑步者社区中,大家都处在不同的年龄段,有着不同的体型、身材和跑步动机,因此作者认为跑步的包容性很强。故选B项。]
4.A.gender B.height
C.weight D.age
答案　D
解析　[根据空后“shapes and sizes”可知,空处内容应与“体型和身材”并列且不重叠,结合选项,“age groups”满足条件。故选D项。]
5.A.engaged B.forbade
C.drove D.recommended
答案　D
解析　[根据“me to do the marathon”可知,布朗尼·戈登给作者打电话,建议她参加马拉松比赛。故选D项。]
6.A.put B.made
C.forgot D.saw
答案　B
解析　[根据“It was an amazing feeling.”可知,作者成功地完成了马拉松,这给她带来了奇妙的感觉,make it为固定短语,意为“成功做某事”。故选B项。]
7.A.putting up B.meeting up
C.hanging out D.working out
答案　D
解析　[根据“But what really changed me was strength training.”可知,但真正改变作者的是力量训练,因此后文讲述了作者锻炼的过程。故选D项。]
8.A.choice B.path
C.attention D.failure
答案　D
解析　[根据文章首段中的“But when I lost my job last year”可知,作者失业了,因此作者被事业的失败彻底击垮。故选D项。]
9.A.Previously B.Barely
C.Illegally D.Deliberately
答案　A
解析　[根据“but actually doing it felt like recovery”可知,此处描述作者练举重前的看法。故选A项。]
10.A.losing B.gaining
C.standing D.lifting
答案　D
解析　[此处描述的是作者进行的力量训练,举重是力量训练的具体体现,此处强调她之前认为举重对其来说是极端的。故选D项。]
11.A.documenting B.enhancing
C.rejecting D.employing
答案　A
解析　[根据“on my social media”可知,作者在社交媒体上记录了自己的身体旅程。故选A项。]
12.A.advertise B.post
C.publish D.promote
答案　B
解析　[上文提到作者在社交媒体上记录了自己的身体旅程,所以此处应是发布关于锻炼的帖子。故选B项。]
13.A.criticisms B.donations
C.refusals D.replies
答案　D
解析　[根据“saying that I’ve made another person get out there and do it”可知,每当作者发关于锻炼的动态时,她都会收到很多回复。故选D项。]
14.A.self-reliance B.self-worth
C.self-introduction D.self-evaluation
答案　B
解析　[文章首段提到作者失业后自我价值感陷入低谷,此处指跑步和力量训练让她找到了自我价值。self-worth属于词汇复现。故选B项。]
15.A.paid B.held
C.got D.kept
答案　C
解析　[根据上文“but about feeling in control again after my unemployment”和下文“but this time a stronger version”可知,跑步让作者找回了更强大的自己。故选C项。]
Ⅲ.语法填空(每小题1.5分,共15分)
Thunderous laughter and applause almost blew off the roof of London’s Excel Exhibition Centre 1.　　　　　　 Saturday night,when a punchline (妙语) by Guo Degang,2.　　　　　　 popular Chinese traditional crosstalk performer,landed with an audience of thousands.
Along with Guo and his partner Yu Qian,a handful of 3.　　　　　　 (comedian) from the De Yun She Performance Group started their first overseas tour in Australia in 2011.Since then,they have performed in six different countries.“Laughter is appealing and that is 4.　　　　　　 makes the art form of crosstalk comedy powerful,” said Guo,5.　　　　　　 (add) that this traditional art can help overseas Chinese overcome homesickness and introduce traditional Chinese culture to a broader audience.
“Ever since I 6.　　　　　　 (start) learning Chinese,I’ve been interested in Xiangsheng,” Christian Elliott,an audience member 7.　　　　　　 has been learning Chinese for more than five years,told Xinhua.He wanted to see how much of the show he could understand given that there is a difference “between knowing conversational Chinese 8.　　　　　　 knowing ‘full’ Chinese.”
In recent years,crosstalk comedy is becoming 9.　　　　　　 (increase) popular in China,especially with young people.Guo alone currently has over 15 million followers on Douyin.With London being the first stop of its Europe tour this year,the group is expected 10.　　　　　　 (perform) in cities including Glasgow,Paris,Milan and Madrid in the upcoming months.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇新闻报道。文章主要报道了中国相声演员郭德纲及其团队在海外进行巡演的情况,以及相声这一传统艺术形式的感染力和国际影响力。
1.答案　on
解析　[考查介词。表示“在星期几”,用介词on。故填on。]
2.答案　a
解析　[考查冠词。此处泛指“一位受欢迎的中国传统相声表演者”,popular以辅音音素开头,用不定冠词a。故填a。]
3.答案　comedians
解析　[考查名词的单复数。comedian “喜剧演员”是可数名词,根据a handful of “一些”可知,此处应用其复数形式。故填comedians。]
4.答案　what
解析　[考查名词性从句。空处引导表语从句,从句缺少主语,且指代事物,应用连接代词what引导。故填what。]
5.答案　adding
解析　[考查非谓语动词。本句已有谓语said,空处应填非谓语动词,逻辑主语Guo与add “补充说”之间为主动关系,应用动词-ing形式作状语。故填adding。]
6.答案　started
解析　[考查动词的时态。事情发生在过去,故时态用一般过去时,谓语用过去式started。故填started。]
7.答案　who/that
解析　[考查定语从句。空处引导限制性定语从句,先行词是an audience member,指人,关系词代替先行词在从句中作主语,应用关系代词who/that引导。故填who/that。]
8.答案　and
解析　[考查连词。between...and...为固定搭配,表示“在……和……之间”。故填and。]
9.答案　increasingly
解析　[考查词性转换。空处修饰形容词popular,应用副词increasingly作状语,表示“越来越多地”。故填increasingly。]
10.答案　to perform
解析　[考查非谓语动词。be expected to do sth为固定短语,表示“有望做某事”。故填to perform。](共67张PPT)
Section Ⅳ　The Rest of the Unit
内
容
索
引
核心考点突破
课时精练
核 心 考 点 突 破
核心单词练透
短语句式通关
核心单词练透
1.unfortunate adj.不幸的,倒霉的
教材原句　One unfortunate agent was dealing with all the passengers,when an angry man,who had been standing in line for some time,pushed his way to the front.
一位不幸的机场工作人员正在应对所有的乘客,这时一个已经排了很久的愤怒的男子挤到了前面。
感知　语言先输入
①He was unfortunate to lose his wallet on the way to the airport.
②I am fortunate to have you by my side.Whenever I’m in trouble,you are always the first to show up.(感谢信)
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)be unfortunate to do sth　 不幸做某事
(2)fortune n. 财富;命运;运气;大笔的钱
seek/try one’s fortune 碰运气
make a fortune 发财
have the good fortune to do sth 有幸做某事
(3)fortunate adj. 幸运的;侥幸的
be fortunate to do sth 有幸做某事
(4)fortunately adv. 幸运地
unfortunately adv. 不幸地
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子/一句多译
①He was unfortunate 　　　　　　(miss) the school bus and arrived late this morning.
②　　　　　　 (fortunate),my teacher helped me solve the math problem before the exam.
③Nowadays many young people go to big cities
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　.
现在许多年轻人到大城市去寻找他们发财的机会。
to miss
Fortunately
to seek their fortune
④不幸的是,在取出里面的东西之前,我们忘了称重,但我决心证明我的观点。
→　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 before taking out their insides,but I was determined to prove my point.
→We 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 before taking out their insides,but I was determined to prove my point.
Unfortunately we forgot to weigh them
are unfortunate to forget to weigh them
2.demand vt.要求 n.要求;需求
教材原句　“I want a first-class seat on this flight,now!” demanded the man angrily.
“我要这班飞机的头等舱座位,马上!”那人生气地要求道。
感知　语言先输入
①Environmental activists demand to take immediate action against climate change.
②Father demanded (that) the twins (should) clean up the kitchen when he helped make breakfast.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)demand to do sth　　　　 要求做某事
demand that...(should) do sth 要求……做某事
(2)be in (great) demand (迫切)需求
meet/satisfy one’s demands 满足某人的需求
[名师指津]　demand作动词时,后可接名词、不定式和从句作宾语,但不可跟sb to do结构;后接that从句时,从句用虚拟语气,谓语动词用“(should+)动词原形”;作名词引导表语从句或同位语从句时,从句中也用虚拟语气。
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①My little sister demanded 　　　 　　　　 (tell) the ending of the story before going to bed.
②The team members 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 .
队员们要求他们应该有充足的时间来为这场比赛训练。
to be told
demanded that they (should) have enough time to practice for the match
③　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 in our basketball club,I’m writing to invite you to join it.(邀请信)
由于我们篮球俱乐部招收新成员,我写信邀请你加入。
④Today,if we do not renew our knowledge constantly,we are unable
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　.
如今,如果我们不常常更新知识,就不能满足我们的工作需求。
As new members are in demand
to meet/satisfy the demands of our work
1.let alone更不用说
典型句式练透
教材原句　People might gently mock people in positions of power “my boss can’t run a bath,let alone this company!”,or mock oneself, for example “I’m on that new ‘seafood’ diet.If I see food,I eat it!”
人们可能会温和地嘲笑位高权重的人,“我的老板连洗澡水都不会放,更别提运营这家公司了!”或者嘲笑自己,比如“我正在进行新的’海鲜’减肥法。只要我看见食物,我就吃!”
感知　语言先输入
①She can’t ride a bicycle,let alone drive a car.
②It’s important to let go of past mistakes in order to move forward in life.
记牢　知识再梳理
let down　　　 使失望;辜负
let go of 放开;放手;释放
let...in 让……进来;放进
let out 发出;放出;泄露
运用　单句语法填空/完成句子
①She tries her best to get good grades so as not to let her parents
　 　　　　　.
②The little girl suddenly 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 and ran across the street.
小女孩突然松开了她妈妈的手,朝马路对面跑去。
down
let go of her mother’s hand
③You can’t have relationships without trust, 　　　　　　　 　.
没有信任作为基础,是不可能建立起关系的,更不用说良好的关系了。
④When we watched the national flag raised in the Olympic Games on TV,we 　　　　　　　　　.
当我们在电视上看到国旗在奥运会现场升起时,我们发出了欢呼声。
let alone good ones
let out a cheer
2.句型公式:while表示对比
教材原句　While one person might lightly giggle at a joke,another might fall about with laughter.
一个人听了笑话可能会咯咯地笑,而另一个人可能会笑得东倒西歪。
感知　语言先输入
①While Tom is very outgoing and talkative,his brother is quite shy and reserved.
②While the project faced many challenges,the team managed to complete it on time.
③It is important to stay focused while working on your assignments.
记牢　知识再梳理
(1)本句中while用作并列连词,连接两个并列分句,表示对比或相反的情况,意为“然而;而”。
(2)while可引导让步状语从句,意为“尽管,虽然”,相当于although/ though/as。但while/although引导的让步状语从句不倒装,as引导的让步状语从句要倒装,though引导的让步状语从句可倒装也可不倒装。
(3)while可引导时间状语从句,意为“在……期间,当……的时候”。从句谓语动词只能用表持续性的状态或动作的动词,而不能用短暂性
动词。
运用　完成句子/同义句转换
①　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　,I don’t agree with you.(不倒装)
尽管我理解你,可我不同意你的观点。
②　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　,they managed to finish it in time.(倒装)
虽然这项任务很难,他们还是设法及时完成了。
While/Although/Though I understand you
Difficult as/though the task was
③They rushed in 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 　.
我们正在讨论问题的时候,他们冲了进来。
④Some students prefer studying in groups, 　 　　　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 　　.
有些学生喜欢小组学习,而其他人发现独自学习更有效。
⑤While he was tired,he went on working.
→　　　　　　　　　　,he went on working.(省略)
while/when we were discussing problems
while others find it
more effective to study alone
While tired
课 时 精 练
基础语境练
素能提升练
[基础语境练]
Ⅰ.单词情景运用(每小题1分,共6分)
1.We found a thick and strong 　　　　　　(原木) to sit on while we enjoyed the beautiful sunset.
2.The travel 　　　　　　(代理人) told us all the details about the summer camp in the mountain area.
3.Don’t 　　　　　　/ krItIsaIz/ others for their faults if you are not willing to admit your own.
log
agent
criticise
4.There is a great 　　　　　　/d m nd/ for English reference books among senior one students.
5.There are many Internet i　　　　　　　　 that have found their way into our daily life.
6.I was about to have a b　　　　　　 when I heard there was a loud knock on the door.
demand
dioms
ath
Ⅱ.词形转换填空(每小题1分,共4分)
1.The 　　　　　　(politics) wore a confident smile throughout the interview.
2.Every year we have fundraisers to raise money for ________________
(fortune) people.
3.The popular movie for teenagers is 　　　　　　(loose) based on a novel written by a young author.
4.We should accept 　　　　　　(criticise) bravely and correct our mistakes in daily study.
politician
unfortunate
loosely
criticism
Ⅲ.短语情景运用(每小题1.5分,共7.5分)
to a certain degree,on one’s own,set up,aside from,in particular
1.Many students prefer to study 　　　　　　　　to develop independent learning skills.
2.The school plans 　　　　　　　　a new library to provide students with better resources.
on their own
to set up
3.　　　　　　　　 academic achievements,extracurricular activities are also important for personal development.
4.I enjoy reading novels,and science fiction,　　　　　　　　, fascinates me.
5.　　　　　　　　　　　　,social media has changed the way we communicate with each other.
Aside from
in particular
To a certain degree
Ⅳ.典型句式集训(每小题2分,共10分)
1.The activity began with a lecture by a local botanist, 　　 　　　　
　　　　　　　　　　　　 　　 　　　
. (who引导非限制性定语从句)
这次活动以一名当地植物学家的讲座开始,他向我们介绍了各种植物的不同特性和用途。
who taught us
about the different characteristics and uses of various plant species
2.While rock climbing,you need to remain very focused 　　　　　
　　 　　　　　　　　　 　. (so that引导目的状语从句)
攀岩时,你需要保持高度专注,以免你犯任何危险的错误。
3.　　　　 　　　　　　　 　 　　　　　　　　　　　
that I will have no trouble communicating with visitors.
(such引起的倒装句)
我精通英语口语,因此我能与参观者毫无困难地交流。
so that you
won’t make any dangerous errors
Such a good command of spoken English do I have
4.　　　　　　　　　　　 　,maintaining a balanced diet and regular exercise are essential for a healthy lifestyle.
(when it comes to...)
当谈到健康时,保持均衡饮食和定期锻炼对健康生活至关重要。
5.　　　　　　　　　　　　 ,it has also led to a decline in face-to-face interactions.(while引导让步状语从句)
尽管科技使沟通变得更容易,但它也导致了面对面交流的减少。
When it comes to health
While technology has made communication easier
[素能提升练]
Ⅰ.阅读理解(每小题2.5分,共10分)
Afghanistan has its own version of the famous British comedy actor Charlie Chaplin.
His name is Karim Asir.He wears make-up and clothes to look like Charlie Chaplin in his movies.Asir also uses similar physical movements.He performs on the streets and at events in the capital of Afghanistan,Kabul.
Afghanistan has dealt with many years of war and widespread destruction brought by attacks.The 25-year-old actor says his goal is to use humour to help take people’s minds off the difficulties they face every day.“It is very simple.I want to give Afghans a reason to smile,” he said.
Charlie Chaplin rose to fame during the silent film age of the 1920s.His movies became popular around the world.When young Asir and his family escaped to Iran in 1996,he watched Chaplin’s movies on television and became fond of the actor and the characters he played.One of the characters impressed Asir most was a funny-looking man known as the Little Tramp.This character had no money and was always getting into trouble.The creative method he used to get out of trouble was always being humorous.
After returning to Afghanistan,Asir started wearing make-up and recreating Chaplin’s characters.He performs in public parks, homes for needy youth,as well as private parties and international aid agency events.
“I want to give my people a chance to forget their problems such as war,conflicts,and insecurity,” he said.
To do this,he keeps smiling while performing around the city and meeting with fans,but Asir says that inside,he cannot help but feel fearful about possible attacks.
“I am afraid of getting attacked,but these issues cannot stop me from being Charlie Chaplin,” he said.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了阿富汗的喜剧演员卡里姆·阿西尔通过模仿英国著名喜剧演员查理·卓别林给人们带来快乐的故事。
1.What does Asir want to do by using humour
A.To make himself look like Chaplin.
B.To make people laugh and be happy.
C.To earn money and support his family.
D.To encourage people to face their difficulties.
解析　细节理解题。根据第三段中“The 25-year-old actor says...difficulties they face every day.”可知,阿西尔想通过幽默来让人们笑,让他们快乐。故选B项。
√
2.Which of the following is true about Asir
A.Asir got to know Chaplin at the age of 25.
B.Asir wanted to be an actor when he was a child.
C.Asir began to perform after returning from Iran.
D.Asir played the Little Tramp and became popular.
解析　细节理解题。根据第五段“After returning to Afghanistan...international aid agency events.”可知,阿西尔从伊朗回来后开始表演。故选C项。
√
3.What was Asir concerned about while performing
A.People may not like his performance.
B.He may encounter with dangerous attacks.
C.He might make mistakes in his performance.
D.People might feel afraid of being out in public.
解析　细节理解题。根据倒数第二段“To do this,he keeps...fearful about possible attacks.”可知,阿西尔在表演时担心可能会遇到危险的袭击。故选B项。
√
4.What is the best title of this article
A.Afghanistan:War and Peace
B.The Challenges of Being an Actor
C.The Story of the Afghan Charlie Chaplin
D.Charlie Chaplin:The World’s Greatest Comedian
解析　标题归纳题。根据文章大意以及第一段可知,文章主要讲的是阿富汗的喜剧演员卡里姆·阿西尔模仿查理·卓别林给人们带来快乐的故事。故这篇文章最好的标题是“阿富汗查理·卓别林的故事”。故选C项。
√
Ⅱ.完形填空(每小题1分,共15分)
People naturally assume that because I’m a comedian I have rock-solid sense of self-esteem (自尊).But when I lost my job last year,my self-worth hit an all-time low and I really 　1　 how competent I was.
I had started running a few years before this.I didn’t look or feel like a(n)　2　 and,in fact,I walked most of it,but the beautiful thing about running is that it’s one of the most 　3　 sports you can do.I met a really amazing community of women runners online who were of different 　4　 groups,shapes and sizes,with different motivations to run.
The more I ran,the better I felt.Bryony Gordon rang me one day and 　5　 me to do the marathon and so I 　6　 it in October.It was an amazing feeling.
But what really changed me was strength training.I started
　7　 with two amazing women,Amber Keatley-Shaikh and Suzanne Keatley.They got in touch with me just as I was completely broken by my 　8　 in career and asked whether I was interested.　9　 I would have said 　10　 weights was quite extreme,but actually doing it felt like recovery.I could see myself physically getting stronger and the endorphins (内啡肽) were incredible.
I’ve been quite public about my physical journey by 　11　 it on my social media.What I find really heartwarming is that every time I
　12　 about doing exercise,I get lots of 　13　 saying that I’ve made another person get out there and do it.
What I’ve been doing wasn’t about getting weight loss but about feeling in control again after my unemployment.Running and strength training have given me 　14　 I didn’t know that I had.I feel like I’ve
　15　 myself back—but this time a stronger version.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了一名喜剧演员失业后自我价值下降,但通过跑步和力量训练找回自信和自我控制的故事。
1.A.questioned B.reckoned
C.guaranteed D.predicted
√
解析　根据“my self-worth hit an all-time low”可知,作者的自我价值跌到了历史最低点,她怀疑自己是否真的有能力。故选A项。
2.A.comedian B.athlete
C.celebrity D.craftsman
√
解析　根据“I had started running a few years before this.”以及“in fact,I walked most of it”可知,作者参加了跑步,但是大部分时间都是步行的,所以作者看起来和感觉上都不像一个运动员。故选B项。
3.A.reluctant B.inclusive
C.precise D.desperate
√
解析　根据下文“I met a really...motivations to run.”可知,女性跑步者社区中,大家都处在不同的年龄段,有着不同的体型、身材和跑步动机,因此作者认为跑步的包容性很强。故选B项。
4.A.gender B.height
C.weight D.age
√
解析　根据空后“shapes and sizes”可知,空处内容应与“体型和身材”并列且不重叠,结合选项,“age groups”满足条件。故选D项。
5.A.engaged B.forbade
C.drove D.recommended
√
解析　根据“me to do the marathon”可知,布朗尼·戈登给作者打电话,建议她参加马拉松比赛。故选D项。
6.A.put B.made
C.forgot D.saw
√
解析　根据“It was an amazing feeling.”可知,作者成功地完成了马拉松,这给她带来了奇妙的感觉,make it为固定短语,意为“成功做某事”。故选B项。
7.A.putting up B.meeting up
C.hanging out D.working out
√
解析　根据“But what really changed me was strength training.”可知,但真正改变作者的是力量训练,因此后文讲述了作者锻炼的过程。故选D项。
8.A.choice B.path
C.attention D.failure
√
解析　根据文章首段中的“But when I lost my job last year”可知,作者失业了,因此作者被事业的失败彻底击垮。故选D项。
9.A.Previously B.Barely
C.Illegally D.Deliberately
√
解析　根据“but actually doing it felt like recovery”可知,此处描述作者练举重前的看法。故选A项。
10.A.losing B.gaining
C.standing D.lifting
√
解析　此处描述的是作者进行的力量训练,举重是力量训练的具体体现,此处强调她之前认为举重对其来说是极端的。故选D项。
11.A.documenting B.enhancing
C.rejecting D.employing
√
解析　根据“on my social media”可知,作者在社交媒体上记录了自己的身体旅程。故选A项。
12.A.advertise B.post
C.publish D.promote
√
解析　上文提到作者在社交媒体上记录了自己的身体旅程,所以此处应是发布关于锻炼的帖子。故选B项。
13.A.criticisms B.donations
C.refusals D.replies
√
解析　根据“saying that I’ve made another person get out there and do it”可知,每当作者发关于锻炼的动态时,她都会收到很多回复。故选D项。
14.A.self-reliance B.self-worth
C.self-introduction D.self-evaluation
√
解析　文章首段提到作者失业后自我价值感陷入低谷,此处指跑步和力量训练让她找到了自我价值。self-worth属于词汇复现。故选B项。
15.A.paid B.held
C.got D.kept
√
解析　根据上文“but about feeling in control again after my unemployment”和下文“but this time a stronger version”可知,跑步让作者找回了更强大的自己。故选C项。
Ⅲ.语法填空(每小题1.5分,共15分)
Thunderous laughter and applause almost blew off the roof of London’s Excel Exhibition Centre 1.　　　　　　 Saturday night,when a punchline (妙语) by Guo Degang,2.　　　　　 popular Chinese traditional crosstalk performer,landed with an audience of thousands.
Along with Guo and his partner Yu Qian,a handful of
3.　　　　　　 (comedian) from the De Yun She Performance Group started their first overseas tour in Australia in 2011.Since then,they have performed in six different countries.“Laughter is appealing and that is 4.　　　　　　 makes the art form of crosstalk comedy powerful,” said Guo,5.　　　　　　 (add) that this traditional art can help overseas Chinese overcome homesickness and introduce traditional Chinese culture to a broader audience.
“Ever since I 6.　　　　　　 (start) learning Chinese,I’ve been interested in Xiangsheng,” Christian Elliott,an audience member
7.　　　　　　 has been learning Chinese for more than five years,told Xinhua.He wanted to see how much of the show he could understand given that there is a difference “between knowing conversational Chinese 8.　　　　　　 knowing ‘full’ Chinese.”
In recent years,crosstalk comedy is becoming 9._________________ (increase) popular in China,especially with young people.Guo alone currently has over 15 million followers on Douyin.With London being the first stop of its Europe tour this year,the group is expected 10.　　　　　　 (perform) in cities including Glasgow,Paris,Milan and Madrid in the upcoming months.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇新闻报道。文章主要报道了中国相声演员郭德纲及其团队在海外进行巡演的情况,以及相声这一传统艺术形式的感染力和国际影响力。
1.on　[考查介词。表示“在星期几”,用介词on。故填on。]
2.a　[考查冠词。此处泛指“一位受欢迎的中国传统相声表演者”,popular以辅音音素开头,用不定冠词a。故填a。]
3.comedians　[考查名词的单复数。comedian “喜剧演员”是可数名词,根据a handful of “一些”可知,此处应用其复数形式。故填comedians。]
4.what　[考查名词性从句。空处引导表语从句,从句缺少主语,且指代事物,应用连接代词what引导。故填what。]
5.adding　[考查非谓语动词。本句已有谓语said,空处应填非谓语动词,逻辑主语Guo与add “补充说”之间为主动关系,应用动词-ing形式作状语。故填adding。]
6.started　[考查动词的时态。事情发生在过去,故时态用一般过去时,谓语用过去式started。故填started。]
7.who/that　[考查定语从句。空处引导限制性定语从句,先行词是an audience member,指人,关系词代替先行词在从句中作主语,应用关系代词who/that引导。故填who/that。]
8.and　[考查连词。between...and...为固定搭配,表示“在……和……之间”。故填and。]
9.increasingly　[考查词性转换。空处修饰形容词popular,应用副词increasingly作状语,表示“越来越多地”。故填increasingly。]
10.to perform　[考查非谓语动词。be expected to do sth为固定短语,表示“有望做某事”。故填to perform。]
Thanks！
本
讲
内
容
结
束

展开更多......

收起↑